1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * 113 */ 114 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 117 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 118 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 119 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 122 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 134 }; 135 136 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 137 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 138 139 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 140 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 141 142 /** 143 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 144 * 145 * This structure describes a single channel for use 146 * with cfg80211. 147 * 148 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 149 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 150 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 151 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 152 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 153 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 154 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 155 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 156 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 157 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 158 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 159 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 160 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 161 * @orig_mag: internal use 162 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 163 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 164 * on this channel. 165 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 166 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 167 */ 168 struct ieee80211_channel { 169 enum nl80211_band band; 170 u32 center_freq; 171 u16 freq_offset; 172 u16 hw_value; 173 u32 flags; 174 int max_antenna_gain; 175 int max_power; 176 int max_reg_power; 177 bool beacon_found; 178 u32 orig_flags; 179 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 180 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 181 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 182 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 183 }; 184 185 /** 186 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 187 * 188 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 189 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 190 * different bands/PHY modes. 191 * 192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 193 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 194 * with CCK rates. 195 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 196 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 197 * core code when registering the wiphy. 198 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 199 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 200 * core code when registering the wiphy. 201 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 202 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 203 * core code when registering the wiphy. 204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 206 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 207 */ 208 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 209 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 210 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 211 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 212 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 213 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 214 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 215 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 216 }; 217 218 /** 219 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 220 * 221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 224 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 225 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 226 */ 227 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 228 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 229 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 230 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 231 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 232 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 233 }; 234 235 /** 236 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 237 * 238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 239 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 240 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 241 */ 242 enum ieee80211_privacy { 243 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 244 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 245 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 246 }; 247 248 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 249 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 250 251 /** 252 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 253 * 254 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 255 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 256 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 257 * passed around. 258 * 259 * @flags: rate-specific flags 260 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 261 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 262 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 263 * short preamble is used 264 */ 265 struct ieee80211_rate { 266 u32 flags; 267 u16 bitrate; 268 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 269 }; 270 271 /** 272 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 273 * 274 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 275 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 276 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 277 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 278 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 279 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 280 * members of the SRG 281 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 282 * used by members of the SRG 283 */ 284 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 285 bool enable; 286 u8 sr_ctrl; 287 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 288 u8 min_offset; 289 u8 max_offset; 290 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 291 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 292 }; 293 294 /** 295 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 296 * 297 * @color: the current color. 298 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 299 * @partial: define the AID equation. 300 */ 301 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 302 u8 color; 303 bool enabled; 304 bool partial; 305 }; 306 307 /** 308 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 309 * 310 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 311 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 312 * 313 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 314 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 315 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 316 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 317 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 318 */ 319 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 320 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 321 bool ht_supported; 322 u8 ampdu_factor; 323 u8 ampdu_density; 324 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 325 }; 326 327 /** 328 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 329 * 330 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 331 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 332 * 333 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 334 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 335 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 336 */ 337 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 338 bool vht_supported; 339 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 340 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 341 }; 342 343 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 344 345 /** 346 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 347 * 348 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 349 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 350 * 351 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 352 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 353 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 354 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 355 */ 356 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 357 bool has_he; 358 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 359 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 360 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 361 }; 362 363 /** 364 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 365 * 366 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 367 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 368 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 369 * 370 * @types_mask: interface types mask 371 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 372 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 373 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 374 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 375 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 376 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 377 */ 378 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 379 u16 types_mask; 380 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 381 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 382 struct { 383 const u8 *data; 384 unsigned int len; 385 } vendor_elems; 386 }; 387 388 /** 389 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 390 * 391 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 392 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 393 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 394 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 395 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 396 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 397 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 398 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 399 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 400 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 401 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 402 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 403 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 404 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 405 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 406 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 407 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 408 */ 409 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 410 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 411 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 412 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 413 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 414 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 415 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 416 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 417 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 418 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 419 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 420 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 421 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 422 }; 423 424 /** 425 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 426 * 427 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 428 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 429 * 430 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 431 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 432 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 433 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 434 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 435 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 436 */ 437 struct ieee80211_edmg { 438 u8 channels; 439 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 440 }; 441 442 /** 443 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 444 * 445 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 446 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 447 * 448 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 449 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 450 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 451 */ 452 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 453 bool s1g; 454 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 455 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 456 }; 457 458 /** 459 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 460 * 461 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 462 * is able to operate in. 463 * 464 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 465 * in this band. 466 * @band: the band this structure represents 467 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 468 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 469 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 470 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 471 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 472 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 473 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 474 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 475 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 476 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 477 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 478 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 479 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 480 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 481 * iftype_data). 482 */ 483 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 484 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 485 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 486 enum nl80211_band band; 487 int n_channels; 488 int n_bitrates; 489 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 490 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 491 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 492 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 493 u16 n_iftype_data; 494 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 495 }; 496 497 /** 498 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 499 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 500 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 501 * 502 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 503 */ 504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 505 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 506 u8 iftype) 507 { 508 int i; 509 510 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 511 return NULL; 512 513 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 514 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 515 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 516 517 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 518 return data; 519 } 520 521 return NULL; 522 } 523 524 /** 525 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 526 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 527 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 528 * 529 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 530 */ 531 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 532 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 533 u8 iftype) 534 { 535 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 536 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 537 538 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 539 return &data->he_cap; 540 541 return NULL; 542 } 543 544 /** 545 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 546 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 547 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 548 * 549 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 550 */ 551 static inline __le16 552 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 553 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 554 { 555 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 556 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 557 558 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 559 return 0; 560 561 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 562 } 563 564 /** 565 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 566 * 567 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 568 * 569 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 570 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 571 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 572 * 573 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 574 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 575 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 576 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 577 * without affecting other devices. 578 * 579 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 580 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 581 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 582 */ 583 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 584 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 585 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 586 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 587 { 588 } 589 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 590 591 592 /* 593 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 594 */ 595 596 /** 597 * DOC: Actions and configuration 598 * 599 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 600 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 601 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 602 * operations use are described separately. 603 * 604 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 605 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 606 * 607 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 608 * in a separate chapter. 609 */ 610 611 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 612 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 613 614 /** 615 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 616 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 617 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 618 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 619 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 620 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 621 * determine the address as needed. 622 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 623 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 624 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 625 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 626 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 627 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 628 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 629 */ 630 struct vif_params { 631 u32 flags; 632 int use_4addr; 633 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 634 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 635 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 636 }; 637 638 /** 639 * struct key_params - key information 640 * 641 * Information about a key 642 * 643 * @key: key material 644 * @key_len: length of key material 645 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 646 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 647 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 648 * length given by @seq_len. 649 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 650 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 651 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 652 */ 653 struct key_params { 654 const u8 *key; 655 const u8 *seq; 656 int key_len; 657 int seq_len; 658 u16 vlan_id; 659 u32 cipher; 660 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 661 }; 662 663 /** 664 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 665 * @chan: the (control) channel 666 * @width: channel width 667 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 668 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 669 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 670 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 671 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 672 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 673 * parameters are ignored. 674 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 675 */ 676 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 677 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 678 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 679 u32 center_freq1; 680 u32 center_freq2; 681 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 682 u16 freq1_offset; 683 }; 684 685 /* 686 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 687 */ 688 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 689 struct { 690 u32 legacy; 691 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 692 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 693 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 694 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 695 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 696 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 697 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 698 }; 699 700 701 /** 702 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 703 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 704 * of the peer. 705 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 706 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 707 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 708 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 709 * @retry_long: retry count value 710 * @retry_short: retry count value 711 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 712 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 713 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 714 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 715 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 716 */ 717 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 718 bool config_override; 719 u8 tids; 720 u64 mask; 721 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 722 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 723 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 724 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 725 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 726 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 727 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 728 }; 729 730 /** 731 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 732 * @peer: Station's MAC address 733 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 734 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 735 */ 736 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 737 const u8 *peer; 738 u32 n_tid_conf; 739 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 740 }; 741 742 /** 743 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 744 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 745 * @kek: FILS KEK 746 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 747 * @snonce: STA Nonce 748 * @anonce: AP Nonce 749 */ 750 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 751 const u8 *macaddr; 752 const u8 *kek; 753 u8 kek_len; 754 const u8 *snonce; 755 const u8 *anonce; 756 }; 757 758 /** 759 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 760 * @chandef: the channel definition 761 * 762 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 763 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 764 */ 765 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 766 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 767 { 768 switch (chandef->width) { 769 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 770 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 771 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 772 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 773 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 774 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 775 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 776 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 777 default: 778 WARN_ON(1); 779 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 780 } 781 } 782 783 /** 784 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 785 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 786 * @channel: the control channel 787 * @chantype: the channel type 788 * 789 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 790 */ 791 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 792 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 793 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 794 795 /** 796 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 797 * @chandef1: first channel definition 798 * @chandef2: second channel definition 799 * 800 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 801 * identical, %false otherwise. 802 */ 803 static inline bool 804 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 805 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 806 { 807 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 808 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 809 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 810 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 811 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 812 } 813 814 /** 815 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 816 * 817 * @chandef: the channel definition 818 * 819 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 820 */ 821 static inline bool 822 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 823 { 824 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 825 } 826 827 /** 828 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 829 * @chandef1: first channel definition 830 * @chandef2: second channel definition 831 * 832 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 833 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 834 */ 835 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 836 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 837 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 838 839 /** 840 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 841 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 842 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 843 */ 844 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 845 846 /** 847 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 848 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 849 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 850 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 851 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 852 */ 853 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 854 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 855 u32 prohibited_flags); 856 857 /** 858 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 859 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 860 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 861 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 862 * Returns: 863 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 864 */ 865 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 866 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 867 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 868 869 /** 870 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 871 * 872 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 873 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 874 * 875 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 876 * 877 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 878 */ 879 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 880 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 881 { 882 switch (chandef->width) { 883 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 884 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 885 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 886 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 887 default: 888 break; 889 } 890 return 0; 891 } 892 893 /** 894 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 895 * 896 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 897 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 898 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 899 * 900 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 901 * 902 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 903 */ 904 static inline int 905 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 906 { 907 switch (chandef->width) { 908 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 909 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 910 chandef->chan->max_power); 911 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 912 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 913 chandef->chan->max_power); 914 default: 915 break; 916 } 917 return chandef->chan->max_power; 918 } 919 920 /** 921 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 922 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 923 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 924 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 925 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 926 */ 927 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 928 unsigned long band_mask, 929 u32 prohibited_flags); 930 931 /** 932 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 933 * 934 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 935 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 936 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 937 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 938 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 939 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 940 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 941 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 942 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 943 * 944 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 945 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 946 */ 947 enum survey_info_flags { 948 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 949 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 950 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 951 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 952 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 953 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 954 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 955 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 956 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 957 }; 958 959 /** 960 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 961 * 962 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 963 * record to report global statistics 964 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 965 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 966 * optional 967 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 968 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 969 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 970 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 971 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 972 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 973 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 974 * 975 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 976 * 977 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 978 * channel duty cycle etc. 979 */ 980 struct survey_info { 981 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 982 u64 time; 983 u64 time_busy; 984 u64 time_ext_busy; 985 u64 time_rx; 986 u64 time_tx; 987 u64 time_scan; 988 u64 time_bss_rx; 989 u32 filled; 990 s8 noise; 991 }; 992 993 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 994 995 /** 996 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 997 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 998 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 999 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1000 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1001 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1002 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1003 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1004 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1005 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1006 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1007 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1008 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1009 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1010 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1011 * protocol frames. 1012 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1013 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1014 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1015 * port for mac80211 1016 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1017 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1018 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1019 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1020 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1021 * offload) 1022 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1023 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1024 * 1025 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1026 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1027 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1028 * such a scenario. 1029 * 1030 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1031 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1032 * 1033 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1034 * Allow hash-to-element only 1035 * 1036 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1037 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1038 */ 1039 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1040 u32 wpa_versions; 1041 u32 cipher_group; 1042 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1043 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1044 int n_akm_suites; 1045 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 1046 bool control_port; 1047 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1048 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1049 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1050 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1051 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1052 int wep_tx_key; 1053 const u8 *psk; 1054 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1055 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1056 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1057 }; 1058 1059 /** 1060 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1061 * 1062 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1063 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1064 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1065 */ 1066 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1067 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1068 u8 index; 1069 bool ema; 1070 }; 1071 1072 /** 1073 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1074 * 1075 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1076 * 1077 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1078 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1079 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1080 */ 1081 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1082 u8 cnt; 1083 struct { 1084 const u8 *data; 1085 size_t len; 1086 } elem[]; 1087 }; 1088 1089 /** 1090 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1091 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1092 * or %NULL if not changed 1093 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1094 * or %NULL if not changed 1095 * @head_len: length of @head 1096 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1097 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1098 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1099 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1100 * frames or %NULL 1101 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1102 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1103 * Response frames or %NULL 1104 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1105 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1106 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1107 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1108 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1109 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1110 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1111 * (measurement type 8) 1112 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1113 * Token (measurement type 11) 1114 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1115 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1116 */ 1117 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1118 const u8 *head, *tail; 1119 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1120 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1121 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1122 const u8 *probe_resp; 1123 const u8 *lci; 1124 const u8 *civicloc; 1125 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1126 s8 ftm_responder; 1127 1128 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1129 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1130 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1131 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1132 size_t probe_resp_len; 1133 size_t lci_len; 1134 size_t civicloc_len; 1135 }; 1136 1137 struct mac_address { 1138 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1139 }; 1140 1141 /** 1142 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1143 * 1144 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1145 * entry specified by mac_addr 1146 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1147 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1148 */ 1149 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1150 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1151 int n_acl_entries; 1152 1153 /* Keep it last */ 1154 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1155 }; 1156 1157 /** 1158 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1159 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1160 * 1161 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1162 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1163 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1164 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1165 * frame headers. 1166 */ 1167 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1168 u32 min_interval; 1169 u32 max_interval; 1170 size_t tmpl_len; 1171 const u8 *tmpl; 1172 }; 1173 1174 /** 1175 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1176 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1177 * 1178 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1179 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1180 * scanning 1181 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1182 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1183 */ 1184 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1185 u32 interval; 1186 size_t tmpl_len; 1187 const u8 *tmpl; 1188 }; 1189 1190 /** 1191 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1192 * 1193 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1194 * 1195 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1196 */ 1197 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1198 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1199 }; 1200 1201 /** 1202 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1203 * 1204 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1205 * 1206 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1207 * @beacon: beacon data 1208 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1209 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1210 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1211 * user space) 1212 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1213 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1214 * @crypto: crypto settings 1215 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1216 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1217 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1218 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1219 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1220 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1221 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1222 * MAC address based access control 1223 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1224 * networks. 1225 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1226 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1227 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1228 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1229 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1230 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1231 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1232 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1233 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1234 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1235 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1236 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1237 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1238 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1239 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1240 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1241 */ 1242 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1243 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1244 1245 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1246 1247 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1248 const u8 *ssid; 1249 size_t ssid_len; 1250 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1251 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1252 bool privacy; 1253 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1254 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1255 int inactivity_timeout; 1256 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1257 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1258 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1259 bool pbss; 1260 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1261 1262 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1263 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1264 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1265 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1266 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1267 bool twt_responder; 1268 u32 flags; 1269 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1270 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1271 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1272 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1273 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1274 }; 1275 1276 /** 1277 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1278 * 1279 * Used for channel switch 1280 * 1281 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1282 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1283 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1284 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1285 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1286 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1287 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1288 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1289 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1290 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1291 */ 1292 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1293 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1294 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1295 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1296 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1297 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1298 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1299 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1300 bool radar_required; 1301 bool block_tx; 1302 u8 count; 1303 }; 1304 1305 /** 1306 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1307 * 1308 * Used for bss color change 1309 * 1310 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1311 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1312 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1313 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1314 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1315 * @color: the color used after the change 1316 */ 1317 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1318 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1319 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1320 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1321 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1322 u8 count; 1323 u8 color; 1324 }; 1325 1326 /** 1327 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1328 * 1329 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1330 * 1331 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1332 * to use for verification 1333 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1334 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1335 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1336 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1337 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1338 * nl80211_iftype. 1339 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1340 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1341 * the verification 1342 */ 1343 struct iface_combination_params { 1344 int num_different_channels; 1345 u8 radar_detect; 1346 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1347 u32 new_beacon_int; 1348 }; 1349 1350 /** 1351 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1352 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1353 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1354 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1355 * 1356 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1357 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1358 */ 1359 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1360 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1361 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1362 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1363 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1364 }; 1365 1366 /** 1367 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1368 * 1369 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1370 * 1371 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1372 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1373 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1374 * power per-interface or per-station. 1375 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1376 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1377 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1378 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1379 * per peer TPC. 1380 */ 1381 struct sta_txpwr { 1382 s16 power; 1383 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1384 }; 1385 1386 /** 1387 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1388 * 1389 * Used to change and create a new station. 1390 * 1391 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1392 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1393 * (or NULL for no change) 1394 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1395 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1396 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1397 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1398 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1399 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1400 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1401 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1402 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1403 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1404 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1405 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1406 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1407 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1408 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1409 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1410 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1411 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1412 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1413 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1414 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1415 * to unknown) 1416 * @capability: station capability 1417 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1418 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1419 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1420 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1421 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1422 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1423 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1424 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1425 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1426 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1427 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1428 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1429 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1430 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1431 */ 1432 struct station_parameters { 1433 const u8 *supported_rates; 1434 struct net_device *vlan; 1435 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1436 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1437 int listen_interval; 1438 u16 aid; 1439 u16 vlan_id; 1440 u16 peer_aid; 1441 u8 supported_rates_len; 1442 u8 plink_action; 1443 u8 plink_state; 1444 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1445 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1446 u8 uapsd_queues; 1447 u8 max_sp; 1448 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1449 u16 capability; 1450 const u8 *ext_capab; 1451 u8 ext_capab_len; 1452 const u8 *supported_channels; 1453 u8 supported_channels_len; 1454 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1455 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1456 u8 opmode_notif; 1457 bool opmode_notif_used; 1458 int support_p2p_ps; 1459 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1460 u8 he_capa_len; 1461 u16 airtime_weight; 1462 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1463 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1464 }; 1465 1466 /** 1467 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1468 * 1469 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1470 * 1471 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1472 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1473 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1474 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1475 */ 1476 struct station_del_parameters { 1477 const u8 *mac; 1478 u8 subtype; 1479 u16 reason_code; 1480 }; 1481 1482 /** 1483 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1484 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1485 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1486 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1487 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1488 * the AP MLME in the device 1489 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1490 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1491 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1492 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1493 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1494 * supported/used) 1495 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1496 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1497 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1498 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1499 */ 1500 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1501 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1502 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1503 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1504 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1505 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1506 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1507 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1508 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1509 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1510 }; 1511 1512 /** 1513 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1514 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1515 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1516 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1517 * 1518 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1519 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1520 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1521 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1522 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1523 */ 1524 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1525 struct station_parameters *params, 1526 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1527 1528 /** 1529 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1530 * 1531 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1532 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1533 * 1534 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1535 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1536 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1537 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1538 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1539 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1540 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1541 */ 1542 enum rate_info_flags { 1543 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1544 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1545 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1546 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1547 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1548 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1549 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1550 }; 1551 1552 /** 1553 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1554 * 1555 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1556 * 1557 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1558 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1559 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1560 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1561 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1562 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1563 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1564 */ 1565 enum rate_info_bw { 1566 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1567 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1568 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1569 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1570 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1571 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1572 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1573 }; 1574 1575 /** 1576 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1577 * 1578 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1579 * 1580 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1581 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1582 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1583 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1584 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1585 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1586 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1587 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1588 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1589 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1590 */ 1591 struct rate_info { 1592 u8 flags; 1593 u8 mcs; 1594 u16 legacy; 1595 u8 nss; 1596 u8 bw; 1597 u8 he_gi; 1598 u8 he_dcm; 1599 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1600 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1601 }; 1602 1603 /** 1604 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1605 * 1606 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1607 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1608 * 1609 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1610 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1611 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1612 */ 1613 enum bss_param_flags { 1614 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1615 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1616 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1617 }; 1618 1619 /** 1620 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1621 * 1622 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1623 * 1624 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1625 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1626 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1627 */ 1628 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1629 u8 flags; 1630 u8 dtim_period; 1631 u16 beacon_interval; 1632 }; 1633 1634 /** 1635 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1636 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1637 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1638 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1639 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1640 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1641 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1642 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1643 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1644 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1645 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1646 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1647 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1648 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1649 */ 1650 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1651 u32 filled; 1652 u32 backlog_bytes; 1653 u32 backlog_packets; 1654 u32 flows; 1655 u32 drops; 1656 u32 ecn_marks; 1657 u32 overlimit; 1658 u32 overmemory; 1659 u32 collisions; 1660 u32 tx_bytes; 1661 u32 tx_packets; 1662 u32 max_flows; 1663 }; 1664 1665 /** 1666 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1667 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1668 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1669 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1670 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1671 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1672 * transmitted MSDUs 1673 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1674 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1675 */ 1676 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1677 u32 filled; 1678 u64 rx_msdu; 1679 u64 tx_msdu; 1680 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1681 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1682 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1683 }; 1684 1685 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1686 1687 /** 1688 * struct station_info - station information 1689 * 1690 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1691 * 1692 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1693 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1694 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1695 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1696 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1697 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1698 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1699 * @llid: mesh local link id 1700 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1701 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1702 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1703 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1704 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1705 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1706 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1707 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1708 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1709 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1710 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1711 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1712 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1713 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1714 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1715 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1716 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1717 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1718 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1719 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1720 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1721 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1722 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1723 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1724 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1725 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1726 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1727 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1728 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1729 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1730 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1731 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1732 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1733 * towards this station. 1734 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1735 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1736 * from this peer 1737 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1738 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1739 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1740 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1741 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1742 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1743 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1744 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1745 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1746 * been sent. 1747 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1748 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1749 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1750 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1751 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1752 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1753 */ 1754 struct station_info { 1755 u64 filled; 1756 u32 connected_time; 1757 u32 inactive_time; 1758 u64 assoc_at; 1759 u64 rx_bytes; 1760 u64 tx_bytes; 1761 u16 llid; 1762 u16 plid; 1763 u8 plink_state; 1764 s8 signal; 1765 s8 signal_avg; 1766 1767 u8 chains; 1768 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1769 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1770 1771 struct rate_info txrate; 1772 struct rate_info rxrate; 1773 u32 rx_packets; 1774 u32 tx_packets; 1775 u32 tx_retries; 1776 u32 tx_failed; 1777 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1778 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1779 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1780 1781 int generation; 1782 1783 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1784 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1785 1786 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1787 s64 t_offset; 1788 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1789 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1790 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1791 1792 u32 expected_throughput; 1793 1794 u64 tx_duration; 1795 u64 rx_duration; 1796 u64 rx_beacon; 1797 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1798 u8 connected_to_gate; 1799 1800 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1801 s8 ack_signal; 1802 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1803 1804 u16 airtime_weight; 1805 1806 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1807 u32 fcs_err_count; 1808 1809 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1810 1811 u8 connected_to_as; 1812 }; 1813 1814 /** 1815 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1816 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1817 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1818 */ 1819 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1820 s32 power; 1821 u32 freq_range_index; 1822 }; 1823 1824 /** 1825 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1826 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1827 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1828 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1829 */ 1830 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1831 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1832 u32 num_sub_specs; 1833 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1834 }; 1835 1836 1837 /** 1838 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1839 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1840 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1841 */ 1842 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1843 u32 start_freq; 1844 u32 end_freq; 1845 }; 1846 1847 /** 1848 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1849 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1850 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1851 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1852 * 1853 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1854 * range to small ones and then append them. 1855 */ 1856 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1857 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1858 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1859 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1860 }; 1861 1862 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1863 /** 1864 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1865 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1866 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1867 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1868 * 1869 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1870 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1871 * considered undefined. 1872 */ 1873 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1874 struct station_info *sinfo); 1875 #else 1876 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1877 const u8 *mac_addr, 1878 struct station_info *sinfo) 1879 { 1880 return -ENOENT; 1881 } 1882 #endif 1883 1884 /** 1885 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1886 * 1887 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1888 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1889 * 1890 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1891 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1892 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1893 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1894 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1895 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1896 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1897 */ 1898 enum monitor_flags { 1899 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1900 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1901 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1902 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1903 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1904 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1905 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1906 }; 1907 1908 /** 1909 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1910 * 1911 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1912 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1913 * 1914 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1915 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1916 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1917 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1918 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1919 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1920 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1921 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1922 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1923 */ 1924 enum mpath_info_flags { 1925 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1926 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1927 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1928 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1929 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1930 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1931 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1932 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1933 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1934 }; 1935 1936 /** 1937 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1938 * 1939 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1940 * 1941 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1942 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1943 * @sn: target sequence number 1944 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1945 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1946 * @flags: mesh path flags 1947 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1948 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1949 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1950 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1951 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1952 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1953 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1954 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1955 */ 1956 struct mpath_info { 1957 u32 filled; 1958 u32 frame_qlen; 1959 u32 sn; 1960 u32 metric; 1961 u32 exptime; 1962 u32 discovery_timeout; 1963 u8 discovery_retries; 1964 u8 flags; 1965 u8 hop_count; 1966 u32 path_change_count; 1967 1968 int generation; 1969 }; 1970 1971 /** 1972 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1973 * 1974 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1975 * 1976 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1977 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1978 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1979 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1980 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1981 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1982 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1983 * (or NULL for no change) 1984 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1985 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1986 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1987 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1988 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1989 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1990 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1991 */ 1992 struct bss_parameters { 1993 int use_cts_prot; 1994 int use_short_preamble; 1995 int use_short_slot_time; 1996 const u8 *basic_rates; 1997 u8 basic_rates_len; 1998 int ap_isolate; 1999 int ht_opmode; 2000 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2001 }; 2002 2003 /** 2004 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2005 * 2006 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2007 * 2008 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2009 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2010 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2011 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2012 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2013 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2014 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2015 * mesh interface 2016 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2017 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2018 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2019 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2020 * elements 2021 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2022 * detect compatible mesh peers 2023 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2024 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2025 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2026 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2027 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2028 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2029 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2030 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2031 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2032 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2033 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2034 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2035 * element 2036 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2037 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2038 * element 2039 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2040 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2041 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2042 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2043 * announcements are transmitted 2044 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2045 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2046 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2047 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2048 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2049 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2050 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2051 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2052 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2053 * station to establish a peer link 2054 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2055 * 2056 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2057 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2058 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2059 * 2060 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2061 * PREQs are transmitted. 2062 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2063 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2064 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2065 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2066 * setting for new peer links. 2067 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2068 * after transmitting its beacon. 2069 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2070 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2071 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2072 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2073 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2074 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2075 * in the mesh path table 2076 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2077 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2078 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2079 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2080 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2081 */ 2082 struct mesh_config { 2083 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2084 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2085 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2086 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2087 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2088 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2089 u8 element_ttl; 2090 bool auto_open_plinks; 2091 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2092 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2093 u32 path_refresh_time; 2094 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2095 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2096 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2097 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2098 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2099 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2100 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2101 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2102 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2103 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2104 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2105 s32 rssi_threshold; 2106 u16 ht_opmode; 2107 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2108 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2109 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2110 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2111 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2112 u32 plink_timeout; 2113 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2114 }; 2115 2116 /** 2117 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2118 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2119 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2120 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2121 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2122 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2123 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2124 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2125 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2126 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2127 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2128 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2129 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2130 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2131 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2132 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2133 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2134 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2135 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2136 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2137 * to operate on DFS channels. 2138 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2139 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2140 * 2141 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2142 */ 2143 struct mesh_setup { 2144 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2145 const u8 *mesh_id; 2146 u8 mesh_id_len; 2147 u8 sync_method; 2148 u8 path_sel_proto; 2149 u8 path_metric; 2150 u8 auth_id; 2151 const u8 *ie; 2152 u8 ie_len; 2153 bool is_authenticated; 2154 bool is_secure; 2155 bool user_mpm; 2156 u8 dtim_period; 2157 u16 beacon_interval; 2158 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2159 u32 basic_rates; 2160 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2161 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2162 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2163 }; 2164 2165 /** 2166 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2167 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2168 * 2169 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2170 */ 2171 struct ocb_setup { 2172 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2173 }; 2174 2175 /** 2176 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2177 * @ac: AC identifier 2178 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2179 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2180 * 1..32767] 2181 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2182 * 1..32767] 2183 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2184 */ 2185 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2186 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2187 u16 txop; 2188 u16 cwmin; 2189 u16 cwmax; 2190 u8 aifs; 2191 }; 2192 2193 /** 2194 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2195 * 2196 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2197 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2198 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2199 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2200 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2201 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2202 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2203 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2204 * in the wiphy structure. 2205 * 2206 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2207 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2208 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2209 * 2210 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2211 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2212 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2213 * to userspace. 2214 */ 2215 2216 /** 2217 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2218 * @ssid: the SSID 2219 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2220 */ 2221 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2222 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2223 u8 ssid_len; 2224 }; 2225 2226 /** 2227 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2228 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2229 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2230 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2231 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2232 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2233 * userspace will be notified of that 2234 */ 2235 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2236 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2237 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2238 bool aborted; 2239 }; 2240 2241 /** 2242 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2243 * 2244 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for 2245 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2246 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2247 * which the above info relvant to 2248 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2249 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used 2250 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2251 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2252 */ 2253 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2254 u32 short_ssid; 2255 u32 channel_idx; 2256 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2257 bool unsolicited_probe; 2258 bool short_ssid_valid; 2259 bool psc_no_listen; 2260 }; 2261 2262 /** 2263 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2264 * 2265 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2266 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2267 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2268 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2269 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2270 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2271 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2272 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2273 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2274 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2275 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2276 * %duration field. 2277 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2278 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2279 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2280 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2281 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2282 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2283 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2284 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2285 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2286 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2287 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2288 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2289 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2290 * true if this is the second scan request 2291 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2292 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2293 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2294 */ 2295 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2296 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2297 int n_ssids; 2298 u32 n_channels; 2299 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2300 const u8 *ie; 2301 size_t ie_len; 2302 u16 duration; 2303 bool duration_mandatory; 2304 u32 flags; 2305 2306 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2307 2308 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2309 2310 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2311 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2312 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2313 2314 /* internal */ 2315 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2316 unsigned long scan_start; 2317 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2318 bool notified; 2319 bool no_cck; 2320 bool scan_6ghz; 2321 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2322 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2323 2324 /* keep last */ 2325 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2326 }; 2327 2328 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2329 { 2330 int i; 2331 2332 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2333 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2334 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2335 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2336 } 2337 } 2338 2339 /** 2340 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2341 * 2342 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2343 * or no match (RSSI only) 2344 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2345 * or no match (RSSI only) 2346 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2347 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2348 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2349 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2350 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2351 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2352 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2353 * corresponding matchset. 2354 */ 2355 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2356 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2357 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2358 s32 rssi_thold; 2359 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2360 }; 2361 2362 /** 2363 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2364 * 2365 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2366 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2367 * infinite loop. 2368 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2369 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2370 */ 2371 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2372 u32 interval; 2373 u32 iterations; 2374 }; 2375 2376 /** 2377 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2378 * 2379 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2380 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2381 */ 2382 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2383 enum nl80211_band band; 2384 s8 delta; 2385 }; 2386 2387 /** 2388 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2389 * 2390 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2391 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2392 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2393 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2394 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2395 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2396 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2397 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2398 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2399 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2400 * (others are filtered out). 2401 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2402 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2403 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2404 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2405 * @dev: the interface 2406 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2407 * @channels: channels to scan 2408 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2409 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2410 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2411 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2412 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2413 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2414 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2415 * index must be executed first. 2416 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2417 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2418 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2419 * owned by a particular socket) 2420 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2421 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2422 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2423 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2424 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2425 * supported. 2426 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2427 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2428 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2429 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2430 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2431 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2432 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2433 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2434 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2435 * comparisions. 2436 */ 2437 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2438 u64 reqid; 2439 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2440 int n_ssids; 2441 u32 n_channels; 2442 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2443 const u8 *ie; 2444 size_t ie_len; 2445 u32 flags; 2446 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2447 int n_match_sets; 2448 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2449 u32 delay; 2450 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2451 int n_scan_plans; 2452 2453 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2454 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2455 2456 bool relative_rssi_set; 2457 s8 relative_rssi; 2458 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2459 2460 /* internal */ 2461 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2462 struct net_device *dev; 2463 unsigned long scan_start; 2464 bool report_results; 2465 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2466 u32 owner_nlportid; 2467 bool nl_owner_dead; 2468 struct list_head list; 2469 2470 /* keep last */ 2471 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2472 }; 2473 2474 /** 2475 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2476 * 2477 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2478 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2479 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2480 */ 2481 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2482 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2483 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2484 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2485 }; 2486 2487 /** 2488 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2489 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2490 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2491 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2492 * signal type 2493 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2494 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2495 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2496 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2497 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2498 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2499 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2500 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2501 * by %parent_bssid. 2502 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2503 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2504 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2505 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2506 */ 2507 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2508 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2509 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2510 s32 signal; 2511 u64 boottime_ns; 2512 u64 parent_tsf; 2513 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2514 u8 chains; 2515 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2516 }; 2517 2518 /** 2519 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2520 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2521 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2522 * @len: length of the IEs 2523 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2524 * @data: IE data 2525 */ 2526 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2527 u64 tsf; 2528 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2529 int len; 2530 bool from_beacon; 2531 u8 data[]; 2532 }; 2533 2534 /** 2535 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2536 * 2537 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2538 * for use in scan results and similar. 2539 * 2540 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2541 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2542 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2543 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2544 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2545 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2546 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2547 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2548 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2549 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2550 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2551 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2552 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2553 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2554 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2555 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2556 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2557 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2558 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2559 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2560 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2561 * (multi-BSSID support) 2562 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2563 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2564 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2565 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2566 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2567 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2568 */ 2569 struct cfg80211_bss { 2570 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2571 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2572 2573 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2574 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2575 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2576 2577 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2578 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2579 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2580 2581 s32 signal; 2582 2583 u16 beacon_interval; 2584 u16 capability; 2585 2586 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2587 u8 chains; 2588 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2589 2590 u8 bssid_index; 2591 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2592 2593 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2594 }; 2595 2596 /** 2597 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2598 * @bss: the bss to search 2599 * @id: the element ID 2600 * 2601 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2602 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2603 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2604 */ 2605 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2606 2607 /** 2608 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2609 * @bss: the bss to search 2610 * @id: the element ID 2611 * 2612 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2613 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2614 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2615 */ 2616 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2617 { 2618 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2619 } 2620 2621 2622 /** 2623 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2624 * 2625 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2626 * authentication. 2627 * 2628 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2629 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2630 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2631 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2632 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2633 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2634 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2635 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2636 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2637 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2638 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2639 * transaction sequence number field. 2640 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2641 */ 2642 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2643 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2644 const u8 *ie; 2645 size_t ie_len; 2646 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2647 const u8 *key; 2648 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2649 const u8 *auth_data; 2650 size_t auth_data_len; 2651 }; 2652 2653 /** 2654 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2655 * 2656 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2657 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2658 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2659 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2660 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2661 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2662 * request (connect callback). 2663 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2664 */ 2665 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2666 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2667 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2668 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2669 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2670 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2671 }; 2672 2673 /** 2674 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2675 * 2676 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2677 * (re)association. 2678 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2679 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2680 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2681 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2682 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2683 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2684 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2685 * @crypto: crypto settings 2686 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2687 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2688 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2689 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2690 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2691 * frame. 2692 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2693 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2694 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2695 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2696 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2697 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2698 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2699 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2700 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2701 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2702 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2703 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2704 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2705 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2706 */ 2707 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2708 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2709 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2710 size_t ie_len; 2711 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2712 bool use_mfp; 2713 u32 flags; 2714 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2715 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2716 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2717 const u8 *fils_kek; 2718 size_t fils_kek_len; 2719 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2720 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2721 }; 2722 2723 /** 2724 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2725 * 2726 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2727 * deauthentication. 2728 * 2729 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2730 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2731 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2732 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2733 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2734 * do not set a deauth frame 2735 */ 2736 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2737 const u8 *bssid; 2738 const u8 *ie; 2739 size_t ie_len; 2740 u16 reason_code; 2741 bool local_state_change; 2742 }; 2743 2744 /** 2745 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2746 * 2747 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2748 * disassociation. 2749 * 2750 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2751 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2752 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2753 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2754 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2755 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2756 */ 2757 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2758 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2759 const u8 *ie; 2760 size_t ie_len; 2761 u16 reason_code; 2762 bool local_state_change; 2763 }; 2764 2765 /** 2766 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2767 * 2768 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2769 * method. 2770 * 2771 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2772 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2773 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2774 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2775 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2776 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2777 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2778 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2779 * @ie_len: length of that 2780 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2781 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2782 * after joining 2783 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2784 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2785 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2786 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2787 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2788 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2789 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2790 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2791 * to operate on DFS channels. 2792 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2793 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2794 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2795 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2796 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2797 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2798 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2799 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2800 */ 2801 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2802 const u8 *ssid; 2803 const u8 *bssid; 2804 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2805 const u8 *ie; 2806 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2807 u16 beacon_interval; 2808 u32 basic_rates; 2809 bool channel_fixed; 2810 bool privacy; 2811 bool control_port; 2812 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2813 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2814 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2815 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2816 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2817 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2818 int wep_tx_key; 2819 }; 2820 2821 /** 2822 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2823 * 2824 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2825 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2826 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2827 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2828 */ 2829 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2830 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2831 union { 2832 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2833 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2834 } param; 2835 }; 2836 2837 /** 2838 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2839 * 2840 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2841 * authentication and association. 2842 * 2843 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2844 * on scan results) 2845 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2846 * %NULL if not specified 2847 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2848 * results) 2849 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2850 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2851 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2852 * to use. 2853 * @ssid: SSID 2854 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2855 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2856 * @ie: IEs for association request 2857 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2858 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2859 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2860 * @crypto: crypto settings 2861 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2862 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2863 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2864 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2865 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2866 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2867 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2868 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2869 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2870 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2871 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2872 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2873 * networks. 2874 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2875 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2876 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2877 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2878 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2879 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2880 * frame. 2881 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2882 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2883 * data IE. 2884 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2885 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2886 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2887 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2888 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2889 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2890 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2891 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2892 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2893 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2894 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2895 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2896 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2897 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2898 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2899 */ 2900 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2901 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2902 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2903 const u8 *bssid; 2904 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2905 const u8 *ssid; 2906 size_t ssid_len; 2907 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2908 const u8 *ie; 2909 size_t ie_len; 2910 bool privacy; 2911 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2912 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2913 const u8 *key; 2914 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2915 u32 flags; 2916 int bg_scan_period; 2917 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2918 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2919 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2920 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2921 bool pbss; 2922 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2923 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2924 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2925 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2926 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2927 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2928 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2929 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2930 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2931 bool want_1x; 2932 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2933 }; 2934 2935 /** 2936 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2937 * 2938 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2939 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2940 * 2941 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2942 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2943 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2944 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2945 */ 2946 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2947 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2948 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2949 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2950 }; 2951 2952 /** 2953 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2954 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2955 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2956 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2957 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2958 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2959 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2960 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2961 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2962 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2963 */ 2964 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2965 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2966 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2967 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2968 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2969 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2970 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2971 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2972 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2973 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2974 }; 2975 2976 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2977 2978 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2979 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2980 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2981 2982 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2983 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2984 2985 /** 2986 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2987 * 2988 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2989 * caching. 2990 * 2991 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2992 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2993 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2994 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2995 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2996 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2997 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2998 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2999 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3000 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3001 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3002 * %NULL). 3003 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3004 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3005 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3006 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3007 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3008 * used for it expires. 3009 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3010 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3011 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3012 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3013 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3014 */ 3015 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3016 const u8 *bssid; 3017 const u8 *pmkid; 3018 const u8 *pmk; 3019 size_t pmk_len; 3020 const u8 *ssid; 3021 size_t ssid_len; 3022 const u8 *cache_id; 3023 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3024 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3025 }; 3026 3027 /** 3028 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3029 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3030 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3031 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3032 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3033 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3034 * 3035 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3036 * memory, free @mask only! 3037 */ 3038 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3039 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3040 int pattern_len; 3041 int pkt_offset; 3042 }; 3043 3044 /** 3045 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3046 * 3047 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3048 * @src: source IP address 3049 * @dst: destination IP address 3050 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3051 * @src_port: source port 3052 * @dst_port: destination port 3053 * @payload_len: data payload length 3054 * @payload: data payload buffer 3055 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3056 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3057 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3058 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3059 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3060 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3061 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3062 */ 3063 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3064 struct socket *sock; 3065 __be32 src, dst; 3066 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3067 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3068 int payload_len; 3069 const u8 *payload; 3070 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3071 u32 data_interval; 3072 u32 wake_len; 3073 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3074 u32 tokens_size; 3075 /* must be last, variable member */ 3076 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3077 }; 3078 3079 /** 3080 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3081 * 3082 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3083 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3084 * operating as normal during suspend 3085 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3086 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3087 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3088 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3089 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3090 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3091 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3092 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3093 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3094 * NULL if not configured. 3095 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3096 */ 3097 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3098 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3099 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3100 rfkill_release; 3101 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3102 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3103 int n_patterns; 3104 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3105 }; 3106 3107 /** 3108 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3109 * 3110 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3111 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3112 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3113 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3114 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3115 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3116 */ 3117 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3118 int delay; 3119 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3120 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3121 int n_patterns; 3122 }; 3123 3124 /** 3125 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3126 * 3127 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3128 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3129 * @n_rules: number of rules 3130 */ 3131 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3132 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3133 int n_rules; 3134 }; 3135 3136 /** 3137 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3138 * 3139 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3140 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3141 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3142 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3143 * occurred (in MHz) 3144 */ 3145 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3146 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3147 int n_channels; 3148 u32 channels[]; 3149 }; 3150 3151 /** 3152 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3153 * 3154 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3155 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3156 * match information. 3157 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3158 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3159 */ 3160 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3161 int n_matches; 3162 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3163 }; 3164 3165 /** 3166 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3167 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3168 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3169 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3170 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3171 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3172 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3173 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3174 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3175 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3176 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3177 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3178 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3179 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3180 * it is. 3181 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3182 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3183 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3184 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3185 */ 3186 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3187 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3188 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3189 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3190 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3191 s32 pattern_idx; 3192 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3193 const void *packet; 3194 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3195 }; 3196 3197 /** 3198 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3199 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3200 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3201 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3202 * @kek_len: length of kek 3203 * @kck_len length of kck 3204 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3205 */ 3206 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3207 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3208 u32 akm; 3209 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3210 }; 3211 3212 /** 3213 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3214 * 3215 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3216 * 3217 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3218 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3219 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3220 */ 3221 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3222 u16 md; 3223 const u8 *ie; 3224 size_t ie_len; 3225 }; 3226 3227 /** 3228 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3229 * 3230 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3231 * 3232 * @chan: channel to use 3233 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3234 * @wait: duration for ROC 3235 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3236 * @len: buffer length 3237 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3238 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3239 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3240 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3241 */ 3242 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3243 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3244 bool offchan; 3245 unsigned int wait; 3246 const u8 *buf; 3247 size_t len; 3248 bool no_cck; 3249 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3250 int n_csa_offsets; 3251 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3252 }; 3253 3254 /** 3255 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3256 * 3257 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3258 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3259 */ 3260 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3261 u8 dscp; 3262 u8 up; 3263 }; 3264 3265 /** 3266 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3267 * 3268 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3269 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3270 */ 3271 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3272 u8 low; 3273 u8 high; 3274 }; 3275 3276 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3277 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3278 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3279 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3280 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3281 3282 /** 3283 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3284 * 3285 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3286 * 3287 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3288 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3289 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3290 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3291 */ 3292 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3293 u8 num_des; 3294 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3295 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3296 }; 3297 3298 /** 3299 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3300 * 3301 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3302 * 3303 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3304 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3305 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3306 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3307 */ 3308 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3309 u8 master_pref; 3310 u8 bands; 3311 }; 3312 3313 /** 3314 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3315 * configuration 3316 * 3317 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3318 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3319 */ 3320 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3321 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3322 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3323 }; 3324 3325 /** 3326 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3327 * 3328 * @filter: the content of the filter 3329 * @len: the length of the filter 3330 */ 3331 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3332 const u8 *filter; 3333 u8 len; 3334 }; 3335 3336 /** 3337 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3338 * 3339 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3340 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3341 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3342 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3343 * implementation specific. 3344 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3345 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3346 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3347 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3348 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3349 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3350 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3351 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3352 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3353 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3354 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3355 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3356 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3357 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3358 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3359 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3360 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3361 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3362 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3363 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3364 */ 3365 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3366 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3367 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3368 u8 publish_type; 3369 bool close_range; 3370 bool publish_bcast; 3371 bool subscribe_active; 3372 u8 followup_id; 3373 u8 followup_reqid; 3374 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3375 u32 ttl; 3376 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3377 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3378 bool srf_include; 3379 const u8 *srf_bf; 3380 u8 srf_bf_len; 3381 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3382 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3383 int srf_num_macs; 3384 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3385 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3386 u8 num_tx_filters; 3387 u8 num_rx_filters; 3388 u8 instance_id; 3389 u64 cookie; 3390 }; 3391 3392 /** 3393 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3394 * 3395 * @aa: authenticator address 3396 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3397 * @pmk: the PMK material 3398 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3399 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3400 * holds PMK-R0. 3401 */ 3402 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3403 const u8 *aa; 3404 u8 pmk_len; 3405 const u8 *pmk; 3406 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3407 }; 3408 3409 /** 3410 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3411 * 3412 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3413 * 3414 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3415 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3416 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3417 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3418 * authentication response command interface. 3419 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3420 * authentication response command interface. 3421 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3422 * authentication request event interface. 3423 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3424 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3425 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3426 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3427 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3428 */ 3429 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3430 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3431 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3432 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3433 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3434 u16 status; 3435 const u8 *pmkid; 3436 }; 3437 3438 /** 3439 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3440 * 3441 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3442 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3443 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3444 * answered 3445 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3446 * successfully answered 3447 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3448 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3449 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3450 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3451 * of how much time the responder was busy 3452 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3453 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3454 * the responder 3455 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3456 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3457 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3458 */ 3459 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3460 u32 filled; 3461 u32 success_num; 3462 u32 partial_num; 3463 u32 failed_num; 3464 u32 asap_num; 3465 u32 non_asap_num; 3466 u64 total_duration_ms; 3467 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3468 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3469 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3470 }; 3471 3472 /** 3473 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3474 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3475 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3476 * reason than just "failure" 3477 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3478 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3479 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3480 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3481 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3482 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3483 * by the responder 3484 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3485 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3486 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3487 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3488 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3489 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3490 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3491 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3492 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3493 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3494 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3495 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3496 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3497 * the square root of the variance) 3498 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3499 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3500 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3501 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3502 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3503 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3504 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3505 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3506 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3507 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3508 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3509 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3510 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3511 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3512 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3513 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3514 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3515 */ 3516 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3517 const u8 *lci; 3518 const u8 *civicloc; 3519 unsigned int lci_len; 3520 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3521 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3522 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3523 s16 burst_index; 3524 u8 busy_retry_time; 3525 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3526 u8 burst_duration; 3527 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3528 s32 rssi_avg; 3529 s32 rssi_spread; 3530 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3531 s64 rtt_avg; 3532 s64 rtt_variance; 3533 s64 rtt_spread; 3534 s64 dist_avg; 3535 s64 dist_variance; 3536 s64 dist_spread; 3537 3538 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3539 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3540 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3541 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3542 tx_rate_valid:1, 3543 rx_rate_valid:1, 3544 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3545 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3546 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3547 dist_avg_valid:1, 3548 dist_variance_valid:1, 3549 dist_spread_valid:1; 3550 }; 3551 3552 /** 3553 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3554 * @addr: address of the peer 3555 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3556 * measurement was made) 3557 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3558 * @status: status of the measurement 3559 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3560 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3561 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3562 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3563 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3564 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3565 */ 3566 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3567 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3568 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3569 3570 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3571 3572 u8 final:1, 3573 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3574 3575 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3576 3577 union { 3578 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3579 }; 3580 }; 3581 3582 /** 3583 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3584 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3585 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3586 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3587 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3588 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3589 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3590 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3591 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3592 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3593 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3594 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3595 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3596 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3597 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3598 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3599 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3600 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3601 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3602 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3603 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3604 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3605 * 3606 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3607 */ 3608 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3609 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3610 u16 burst_period; 3611 u8 requested:1, 3612 asap:1, 3613 request_lci:1, 3614 request_civicloc:1, 3615 trigger_based:1, 3616 non_trigger_based:1, 3617 lmr_feedback:1; 3618 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3619 u8 burst_duration; 3620 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3621 u8 ftmr_retries; 3622 u8 bss_color; 3623 }; 3624 3625 /** 3626 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3627 * @addr: MAC address 3628 * @chandef: channel to use 3629 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3630 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3631 */ 3632 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3633 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3634 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3635 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3636 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3637 }; 3638 3639 /** 3640 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3641 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3642 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3643 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3644 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3645 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3646 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3647 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3648 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3649 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3650 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3651 * zero it means there's no timeout 3652 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3653 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3654 */ 3655 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3656 u64 cookie; 3657 void *drv_data; 3658 u32 n_peers; 3659 u32 nl_portid; 3660 3661 u32 timeout; 3662 3663 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3664 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3665 3666 struct list_head list; 3667 3668 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3669 }; 3670 3671 /** 3672 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3673 * 3674 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3675 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3676 * 3677 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3678 * 3679 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3680 * has to be done. 3681 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3682 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3683 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3684 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3685 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3686 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3687 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3688 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3689 */ 3690 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3691 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3692 u16 status; 3693 const u8 *ie; 3694 size_t ie_len; 3695 }; 3696 3697 /** 3698 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3699 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3700 * for the entire device 3701 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3702 * for the given interface 3703 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3704 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3705 * for these subtypes 3706 */ 3707 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3708 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3709 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3710 }; 3711 3712 /** 3713 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3714 * 3715 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3716 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3717 * 3718 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3719 * on success or a negative error code. 3720 * 3721 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3722 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3723 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3724 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3725 * 3726 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3727 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3728 * configured for the device. 3729 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3730 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3731 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3732 * the device. 3733 * 3734 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3735 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3736 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3737 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3738 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3739 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3740 * 3741 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3742 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3743 * 3744 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3745 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3746 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3747 * 3748 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3749 * when adding a group key. 3750 * 3751 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3752 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3753 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3754 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3755 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3756 * 3757 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3758 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3759 * 3760 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3761 * 3762 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3763 * 3764 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3765 * 3766 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3767 * 3768 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3769 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3770 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3771 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3772 * 3773 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3774 * @del_station: Remove a station 3775 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3776 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3777 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3778 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3779 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3780 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3781 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3782 * 3783 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3784 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3785 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3786 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3787 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3788 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3789 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3790 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3791 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3792 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3793 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3794 * 3795 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3796 * 3797 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3798 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3799 * set, and which to leave alone. 3800 * 3801 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3802 * 3803 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3804 * 3805 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3806 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3807 * join the mesh instead. 3808 * 3809 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3810 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3811 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3812 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3813 * 3814 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3815 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3816 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3817 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3818 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3819 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3820 * 3821 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3822 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3823 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3824 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3825 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3826 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3827 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3828 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3829 * 3830 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3831 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3832 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3833 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3834 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3835 * was received. 3836 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3837 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3838 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3839 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3840 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3841 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3842 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3843 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3844 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3845 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3846 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3847 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3848 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3849 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3850 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3851 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3852 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3853 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3854 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3855 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3856 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3857 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3858 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3859 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3860 * 3861 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3862 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3863 * to a merge. 3864 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3865 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3866 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3867 * 3868 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3869 * MESH mode) 3870 * 3871 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3872 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3873 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3874 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3875 * 3876 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3877 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3878 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3879 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3880 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3881 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3882 * return 0 if successful 3883 * 3884 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3885 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3886 * 3887 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3888 * 3889 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3890 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3891 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3892 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3893 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3894 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3895 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3896 * the duration value. 3897 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3898 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3899 * frame on another channel 3900 * 3901 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3902 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3903 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3904 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3905 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3906 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3907 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3908 * 3909 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3910 * 3911 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3912 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3913 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3914 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3915 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3916 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3917 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3918 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3919 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3920 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3921 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3922 * disabled.) 3923 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3924 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3925 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3926 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3927 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3928 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3929 * thresholds. 3930 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3931 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3932 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3933 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3934 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3935 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3936 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3937 * 3938 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 3939 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3940 * 3941 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3942 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3943 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3944 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3945 * 3946 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3947 * 3948 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3949 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3950 * 3951 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3952 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3953 * 3954 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3955 * 3956 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3957 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3958 * current monitoring channel. 3959 * 3960 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3961 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3962 * 3963 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3964 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3965 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3966 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3967 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3968 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3969 * 3970 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3971 * 3972 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3973 * was finished on another phy. 3974 * 3975 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3976 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3977 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3978 * 3979 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3980 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3981 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3982 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3983 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3984 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3985 * 3986 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3987 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3988 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3989 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3990 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3991 * as soon as possible. 3992 * 3993 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3994 * 3995 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3996 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3997 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3998 * 3999 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4000 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4001 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4002 * account. 4003 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4004 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4005 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4006 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4007 * rejected) 4008 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4009 * 4010 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4011 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4012 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4013 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4014 * 4015 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4016 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4017 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4018 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4019 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4020 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4021 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4022 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4023 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4024 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4025 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4026 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4027 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4028 * provided @nan_func. 4029 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4030 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4031 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4032 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4033 * 4034 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4035 * 4036 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4037 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4038 * 4039 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4040 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4041 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4042 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4043 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4044 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4045 * 4046 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4047 * user space 4048 * 4049 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4050 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4051 * 4052 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4053 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4054 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4055 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4056 * 4057 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4058 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4059 * DH IE through this interface. 4060 * 4061 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4062 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4063 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4064 * This callback may sleep. 4065 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4066 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4067 * 4068 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4069 * 4070 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4071 * 4072 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4073 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4074 * Response frame. 4075 */ 4076 struct cfg80211_ops { 4077 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4078 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4079 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4080 4081 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4082 const char *name, 4083 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4084 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4085 struct vif_params *params); 4086 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4087 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4088 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4089 struct net_device *dev, 4090 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4091 struct vif_params *params); 4092 4093 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4094 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4095 struct key_params *params); 4096 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4097 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4098 void *cookie, 4099 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4100 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4101 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4102 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4103 struct net_device *netdev, 4104 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4105 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4106 struct net_device *netdev, 4107 u8 key_index); 4108 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4109 struct net_device *netdev, 4110 u8 key_index); 4111 4112 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4113 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4114 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4115 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4116 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4117 4118 4119 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4120 const u8 *mac, 4121 struct station_parameters *params); 4122 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4123 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4124 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4125 const u8 *mac, 4126 struct station_parameters *params); 4127 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4128 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4129 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4130 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4131 4132 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4133 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4134 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4135 const u8 *dst); 4136 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4137 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4138 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4139 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4140 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4141 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4142 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4143 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4144 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4145 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4146 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4147 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4148 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4149 struct net_device *dev, 4150 struct mesh_config *conf); 4151 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4152 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4153 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4154 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4155 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4156 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4157 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4158 4159 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4160 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4161 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4162 4163 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4164 struct bss_parameters *params); 4165 4166 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4167 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4168 4169 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4170 struct net_device *dev, 4171 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4172 4173 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4174 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4175 4176 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4177 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4178 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4179 4180 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4181 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4182 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4183 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4184 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4185 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4186 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4187 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4188 4189 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4190 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4191 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4192 struct net_device *dev, 4193 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4194 u32 changed); 4195 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4196 u16 reason_code); 4197 4198 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4199 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4200 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4201 4202 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4203 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4204 4205 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4206 4207 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4208 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4209 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4210 int *dbm); 4211 4212 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4213 4214 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4215 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4216 void *data, int len); 4217 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4218 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4219 void *data, int len); 4220 #endif 4221 4222 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4223 struct net_device *dev, 4224 const u8 *peer, 4225 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4226 4227 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4228 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4229 4230 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4231 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4232 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4233 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4234 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4235 4236 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4237 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4238 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4239 unsigned int duration, 4240 u64 *cookie); 4241 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4242 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4243 u64 cookie); 4244 4245 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4246 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4247 u64 *cookie); 4248 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4249 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4250 u64 cookie); 4251 4252 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4253 bool enabled, int timeout); 4254 4255 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4256 struct net_device *dev, 4257 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4258 4259 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4260 struct net_device *dev, 4261 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4262 4263 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4264 struct net_device *dev, 4265 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4266 4267 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4268 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4269 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4270 4271 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4272 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4273 4274 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4275 struct net_device *dev, 4276 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4277 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4278 u64 reqid); 4279 4280 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4281 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4282 4283 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4284 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4285 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4286 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4287 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4288 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4289 4290 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4291 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4292 4293 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4294 struct net_device *dev, 4295 u16 noack_map); 4296 4297 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4298 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4299 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4300 4301 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4302 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4303 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4304 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4305 4306 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4307 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4308 4309 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4310 struct net_device *dev, 4311 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4312 u32 cac_time_ms); 4313 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4314 struct net_device *dev); 4315 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4316 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4317 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4318 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4319 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4320 u16 duration); 4321 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4322 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4323 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4324 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4325 4326 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4327 struct net_device *dev, 4328 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4329 4330 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4331 struct net_device *dev, 4332 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4333 4334 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4335 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4336 4337 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4338 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4339 u16 admitted_time); 4340 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4341 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4342 4343 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4344 struct net_device *dev, 4345 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4346 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4347 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4348 struct net_device *dev, 4349 const u8 *addr); 4350 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4351 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4352 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4353 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4354 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4355 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4356 u64 cookie); 4357 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4358 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4359 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4360 u32 changes); 4361 4362 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4363 struct net_device *dev, 4364 const bool enabled); 4365 4366 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4367 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4368 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4369 4370 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4371 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4372 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4373 const u8 *aa); 4374 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4375 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4376 4377 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4378 struct net_device *dev, 4379 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4380 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4381 const bool noencrypt, 4382 u64 *cookie); 4383 4384 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4385 struct net_device *dev, 4386 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4387 4388 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4389 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4390 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4391 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4392 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4393 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4394 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4395 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4396 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4397 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4398 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4399 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4400 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4401 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4402 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4403 struct net_device *dev, 4404 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4405 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4406 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4407 }; 4408 4409 /* 4410 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4411 * and registration/helper functions 4412 */ 4413 4414 /** 4415 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4416 * 4417 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4418 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4419 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4420 * wiphy at all 4421 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4422 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4423 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4424 * reason to override the default 4425 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4426 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4427 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4428 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4429 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4430 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4431 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4432 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4433 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4434 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4435 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4436 * firmware. 4437 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4438 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4439 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4440 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4441 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4442 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4443 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4444 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4445 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4446 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4447 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4448 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4449 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4450 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4451 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4452 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4453 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4454 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4455 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4456 * before connection. 4457 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4458 */ 4459 enum wiphy_flags { 4460 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4461 /* use hole at 1 */ 4462 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4463 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4464 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4465 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4466 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4467 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4468 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4469 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4470 /* use hole at 11 */ 4471 /* use hole at 12 */ 4472 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4473 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4474 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4475 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4476 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4477 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4478 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4479 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4480 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4481 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4482 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4483 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4484 }; 4485 4486 /** 4487 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4488 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4489 * @types: interface types (bits) 4490 */ 4491 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4492 u16 max; 4493 u16 types; 4494 }; 4495 4496 /** 4497 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4498 * 4499 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4500 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4501 * 4502 * Examples: 4503 * 4504 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4505 * 4506 * .. code-block:: c 4507 * 4508 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4509 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4510 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4511 * }; 4512 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4513 * .limits = limits1, 4514 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4515 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4516 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4517 * }; 4518 * 4519 * 4520 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4521 * 4522 * .. code-block:: c 4523 * 4524 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4525 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4526 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4527 * }; 4528 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4529 * .limits = limits2, 4530 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4531 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4532 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4533 * }; 4534 * 4535 * 4536 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4537 * 4538 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4539 * 4540 * .. code-block:: c 4541 * 4542 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4543 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4544 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4545 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4546 * }; 4547 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4548 * .limits = limits3, 4549 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4550 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4551 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4552 * }; 4553 * 4554 */ 4555 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4556 /** 4557 * @limits: 4558 * limits for the given interface types 4559 */ 4560 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4561 4562 /** 4563 * @num_different_channels: 4564 * can use up to this many different channels 4565 */ 4566 u32 num_different_channels; 4567 4568 /** 4569 * @max_interfaces: 4570 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4571 */ 4572 u16 max_interfaces; 4573 4574 /** 4575 * @n_limits: 4576 * number of limitations 4577 */ 4578 u8 n_limits; 4579 4580 /** 4581 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4582 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4583 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4584 */ 4585 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4586 4587 /** 4588 * @radar_detect_widths: 4589 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4590 */ 4591 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4592 4593 /** 4594 * @radar_detect_regions: 4595 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4596 */ 4597 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4598 4599 /** 4600 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4601 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4602 * 4603 * = 0 4604 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4605 * > 0 4606 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4607 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4608 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4609 */ 4610 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4611 }; 4612 4613 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4614 u16 tx, rx; 4615 }; 4616 4617 /** 4618 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4619 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4620 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4621 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4622 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4623 * packet should be preserved in that case 4624 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4625 * (see nl80211.h) 4626 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4627 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4628 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4629 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4630 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4631 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4632 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4633 */ 4634 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4635 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4636 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4637 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4638 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4639 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4640 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4641 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4642 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4643 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4644 }; 4645 4646 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4647 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4648 u32 data_payload_max; 4649 u32 data_interval_max; 4650 u32 wake_payload_max; 4651 bool seq; 4652 }; 4653 4654 /** 4655 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4656 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4657 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4658 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4659 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4660 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4661 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4662 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4663 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4664 * scheduled scans. 4665 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4666 * details. 4667 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4668 */ 4669 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4670 u32 flags; 4671 int n_patterns; 4672 int pattern_max_len; 4673 int pattern_min_len; 4674 int max_pkt_offset; 4675 int max_nd_match_sets; 4676 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4677 }; 4678 4679 /** 4680 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4681 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4682 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4683 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4684 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4685 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4686 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4687 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4688 */ 4689 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4690 int n_rules; 4691 int max_delay; 4692 int n_patterns; 4693 int pattern_max_len; 4694 int pattern_min_len; 4695 int max_pkt_offset; 4696 }; 4697 4698 /** 4699 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4700 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4701 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4702 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4703 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4704 */ 4705 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4706 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4707 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4708 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4709 }; 4710 4711 /** 4712 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4713 * 4714 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4715 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4716 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4717 * 4718 */ 4719 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4720 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4721 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4722 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4723 }; 4724 4725 /** 4726 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4727 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4728 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4729 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4730 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4731 */ 4732 4733 struct sta_opmode_info { 4734 u32 changed; 4735 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4736 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4737 u8 rx_nss; 4738 }; 4739 4740 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4741 4742 /** 4743 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4744 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4745 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4746 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4747 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4748 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4749 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4750 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4751 * dumpit calls. 4752 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4753 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4754 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4755 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4756 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4757 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4758 * are used with dump requests. 4759 */ 4760 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4761 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4762 u32 flags; 4763 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4764 const void *data, int data_len); 4765 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4766 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4767 unsigned long *storage); 4768 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4769 unsigned int maxattr; 4770 }; 4771 4772 /** 4773 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4774 * @iftype: interface type 4775 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4776 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4777 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4778 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4779 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4780 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4781 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4782 */ 4783 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4784 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4785 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4786 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4787 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4788 }; 4789 4790 /** 4791 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4792 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4793 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4794 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4795 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4796 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4797 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4798 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4799 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4800 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4801 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4802 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4803 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4804 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4805 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4806 * not limited) 4807 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4808 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4809 */ 4810 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4811 unsigned int max_peers; 4812 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4813 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4814 4815 struct { 4816 u32 preambles; 4817 u32 bandwidths; 4818 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4819 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4820 u8 supported:1, 4821 asap:1, 4822 non_asap:1, 4823 request_lci:1, 4824 request_civicloc:1, 4825 trigger_based:1, 4826 non_trigger_based:1; 4827 } ftm; 4828 }; 4829 4830 /** 4831 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4832 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4833 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4834 * 4835 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4836 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4837 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4838 */ 4839 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4840 u16 iftypes_mask; 4841 const u32 *akm_suites; 4842 int n_akm_suites; 4843 }; 4844 4845 /** 4846 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4847 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 4848 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4849 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4850 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4851 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4852 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4853 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4854 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4855 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4856 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4857 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4858 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4859 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4860 * iftype_akm_suites. 4861 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4862 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4863 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4864 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4865 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4866 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4867 * suites are specified separately. 4868 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4869 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4870 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4871 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4872 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4873 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4874 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4875 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4876 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4877 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4878 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4879 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4880 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4881 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4882 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4883 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4884 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4885 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4886 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4887 * unregister hardware 4888 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4889 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4890 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4891 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4892 * (see below). 4893 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4894 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4895 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4896 * must be set by driver 4897 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4898 * list single interface types. 4899 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4900 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4901 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4902 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4903 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4904 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4905 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4906 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4907 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4908 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4909 * this variable determines its size 4910 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4911 * any given scan 4912 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4913 * the device can run concurrently. 4914 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4915 * for in any given scheduled scan 4916 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4917 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4918 * supported. 4919 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4920 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4921 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4922 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4923 * scans 4924 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4925 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4926 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4927 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4928 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4929 * scan plan supported by the device. 4930 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4931 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4932 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4933 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4934 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4935 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4936 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4937 * 4938 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4939 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4940 * type 4941 * 4942 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4943 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4944 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4945 * 4946 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4947 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4948 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4949 * 4950 * @probe_resp_offload: 4951 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4952 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4953 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4954 * 4955 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4956 * may request, if implemented. 4957 * 4958 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4959 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4960 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4961 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4962 * 4963 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4964 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4965 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4966 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4967 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4968 * 4969 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4970 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4971 * 4972 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4973 * supports for ACL. 4974 * 4975 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4976 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4977 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4978 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4979 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4980 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4981 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4982 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4983 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4984 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4985 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4986 * capabilities are specified separately. 4987 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4988 * 4989 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4990 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4991 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4992 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4993 * 4994 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4995 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4996 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4997 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4998 * 4999 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5000 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5001 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5002 * infinite. 5003 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5004 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5005 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5006 * 5007 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5008 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5009 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5010 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5011 * 5012 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5013 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5014 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5015 * 5016 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5017 * wake_tx_queue 5018 * 5019 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5020 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5021 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5022 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5023 * 5024 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5025 * 5026 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5027 * device has 5028 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5029 * supported by the driver for each vif 5030 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5031 * supported by the driver for each peer 5032 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5033 * long/short retry configuration 5034 * 5035 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5036 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5037 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5038 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5039 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5040 * 5041 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5042 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5043 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5044 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5045 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5046 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5047 */ 5048 struct wiphy { 5049 struct mutex mtx; 5050 5051 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5052 5053 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5054 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5055 5056 struct mac_address *addresses; 5057 5058 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5059 5060 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5061 int n_iface_combinations; 5062 u16 software_iftypes; 5063 5064 u16 n_addresses; 5065 5066 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5067 u16 interface_modes; 5068 5069 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5070 5071 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5072 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5073 5074 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5075 5076 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5077 5078 int bss_priv_size; 5079 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5080 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5081 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5082 u8 max_match_sets; 5083 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5084 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5085 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5086 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5087 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5088 5089 int n_cipher_suites; 5090 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5091 5092 int n_akm_suites; 5093 const u32 *akm_suites; 5094 5095 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5096 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5097 5098 u8 retry_short; 5099 u8 retry_long; 5100 u32 frag_threshold; 5101 u32 rts_threshold; 5102 u8 coverage_class; 5103 5104 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5105 u32 hw_version; 5106 5107 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5108 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5109 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5110 #endif 5111 5112 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5113 5114 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5115 5116 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5117 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5118 5119 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5120 5121 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5122 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5123 5124 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5125 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5126 5127 const void *privid; 5128 5129 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5130 5131 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5132 struct regulatory_request *request); 5133 5134 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5135 5136 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5137 5138 struct device dev; 5139 5140 bool registered; 5141 5142 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5143 5144 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5145 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5146 5147 struct list_head wdev_list; 5148 5149 possible_net_t _net; 5150 5151 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5152 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5153 #endif 5154 5155 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5156 5157 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5158 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5159 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5160 5161 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5162 5163 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5164 5165 u32 bss_select_support; 5166 5167 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5168 5169 u32 txq_limit; 5170 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5171 u32 txq_quantum; 5172 5173 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5174 5175 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5176 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5177 5178 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5179 5180 struct { 5181 u64 peer, vif; 5182 u8 max_retry; 5183 } tid_config_support; 5184 5185 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5186 5187 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5188 5189 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5190 5191 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5192 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5193 5194 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5195 }; 5196 5197 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5198 { 5199 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5200 } 5201 5202 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5203 { 5204 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5205 } 5206 5207 /** 5208 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5209 * 5210 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5211 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5212 */ 5213 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5214 { 5215 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5216 return &wiphy->priv; 5217 } 5218 5219 /** 5220 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5221 * 5222 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5223 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5224 */ 5225 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5226 { 5227 BUG_ON(!priv); 5228 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5229 } 5230 5231 /** 5232 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5233 * 5234 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5235 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5236 */ 5237 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5238 { 5239 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5240 } 5241 5242 /** 5243 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5244 * 5245 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5246 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5247 */ 5248 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5249 { 5250 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5251 } 5252 5253 /** 5254 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5255 * 5256 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5257 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5258 */ 5259 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5260 { 5261 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5262 } 5263 5264 /** 5265 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5266 * 5267 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5268 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5269 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5270 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5271 * 5272 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5273 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5274 * 5275 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5276 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5277 */ 5278 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5279 const char *requested_name); 5280 5281 /** 5282 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5283 * 5284 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5285 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5286 * 5287 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5288 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5289 * 5290 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5291 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5292 */ 5293 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5294 int sizeof_priv) 5295 { 5296 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5297 } 5298 5299 /** 5300 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5301 * 5302 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5303 * 5304 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5305 */ 5306 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5307 5308 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5309 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5310 5311 /** 5312 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5313 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5314 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5315 * 5316 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5317 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5318 */ 5319 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5320 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5321 5322 /** 5323 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5324 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5325 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5326 * 5327 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5328 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5329 */ 5330 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5331 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5332 5333 /** 5334 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5335 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5336 */ 5337 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5338 5339 /** 5340 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5341 * 5342 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5343 * 5344 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5345 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5346 * request that is being handled. 5347 */ 5348 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5349 5350 /** 5351 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5352 * 5353 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5354 */ 5355 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5356 5357 /* internal structs */ 5358 struct cfg80211_conn; 5359 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5360 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5361 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5362 5363 /** 5364 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5365 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5366 * 5367 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5368 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5369 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5370 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5371 * 5372 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5373 */ 5374 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5375 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5376 { 5377 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5378 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5379 } 5380 5381 /** 5382 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5383 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5384 */ 5385 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5386 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5387 { 5388 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5389 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5390 } 5391 5392 /** 5393 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5394 * 5395 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5396 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5397 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5398 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5399 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5400 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5401 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5402 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5403 * 5404 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5405 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5406 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5407 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5408 * 5409 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5410 * @iftype: interface type 5411 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5412 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5413 * for the notifier 5414 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5415 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5416 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5417 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5418 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5419 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5420 * the user-set channel definition. 5421 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5422 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5423 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5424 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5425 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5426 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5427 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5428 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5429 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5430 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5431 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5432 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5433 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5434 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5435 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5436 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5437 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5438 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5439 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5440 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5441 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5442 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5443 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5444 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5445 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5446 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5447 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5448 * and some API functions require it held 5449 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5450 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5451 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5452 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5453 * the P2P Device. 5454 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5455 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5456 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5457 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5458 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5459 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5460 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5461 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5462 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5463 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5464 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5465 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5466 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5467 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5468 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5469 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5470 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5471 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5472 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5473 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5474 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5475 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5476 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5477 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5478 * unprotected beacon report 5479 */ 5480 struct wireless_dev { 5481 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5482 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5483 5484 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5485 struct list_head list; 5486 struct net_device *netdev; 5487 5488 u32 identifier; 5489 5490 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5491 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5492 5493 struct mutex mtx; 5494 5495 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5496 5497 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5498 5499 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5500 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5501 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5502 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5503 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5504 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5505 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5506 5507 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5508 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5509 5510 struct list_head event_list; 5511 spinlock_t event_lock; 5512 5513 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5514 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5515 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5516 5517 bool ibss_fixed; 5518 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5519 5520 bool ps; 5521 int ps_timeout; 5522 5523 int beacon_interval; 5524 5525 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5526 5527 u32 owner_nlportid; 5528 bool nl_owner_dead; 5529 5530 bool cac_started; 5531 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5532 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5533 5534 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5535 /* wext data */ 5536 struct { 5537 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5538 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5539 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5540 const u8 *ie; 5541 size_t ie_len; 5542 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5543 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5544 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5545 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5546 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5547 } wext; 5548 #endif 5549 5550 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5551 5552 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5553 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5554 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5555 5556 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5557 }; 5558 5559 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5560 { 5561 if (wdev->netdev) 5562 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5563 return wdev->address; 5564 } 5565 5566 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5567 { 5568 if (wdev->netdev) 5569 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5570 return wdev->is_running; 5571 } 5572 5573 /** 5574 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5575 * 5576 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5577 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5578 */ 5579 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5580 { 5581 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5582 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5583 } 5584 5585 /** 5586 * DOC: Utility functions 5587 * 5588 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5589 */ 5590 5591 /** 5592 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5593 * 5594 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5595 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5596 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5597 */ 5598 static inline bool 5599 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5600 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5601 { 5602 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5603 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5604 } 5605 5606 /** 5607 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5608 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5609 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5610 */ 5611 static inline u32 5612 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5613 { 5614 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5615 } 5616 5617 /** 5618 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5619 * 5620 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5621 * @chan: channel 5622 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5623 */ 5624 enum nl80211_chan_width 5625 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5626 5627 /** 5628 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5629 * @chan: channel number 5630 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5631 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5632 */ 5633 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5634 5635 /** 5636 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5637 * @chan: channel number 5638 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5639 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5640 */ 5641 static inline int 5642 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5643 { 5644 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5645 } 5646 5647 /** 5648 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5649 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5650 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5651 */ 5652 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5653 5654 /** 5655 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5656 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5657 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5658 */ 5659 static inline int 5660 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5661 { 5662 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5663 } 5664 5665 /** 5666 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5667 * frequency 5668 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5669 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5670 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5671 */ 5672 struct ieee80211_channel * 5673 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5674 5675 /** 5676 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5677 * 5678 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5679 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5680 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5681 */ 5682 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5683 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5684 { 5685 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5686 } 5687 5688 /** 5689 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5690 * @chan: control channel to check 5691 * 5692 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5693 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5694 */ 5695 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5696 { 5697 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5698 return false; 5699 5700 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5701 } 5702 5703 /** 5704 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5705 * 5706 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5707 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5708 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5709 * 5710 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5711 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5712 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5713 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5714 */ 5715 const struct ieee80211_rate * 5716 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5717 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5718 5719 /** 5720 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5721 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5722 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5723 * 5724 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5725 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5726 */ 5727 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5728 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5729 5730 /* 5731 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5732 * 5733 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5734 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5735 */ 5736 5737 struct radiotap_align_size { 5738 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5739 }; 5740 5741 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5742 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5743 int n_bits; 5744 uint32_t oui; 5745 uint8_t subns; 5746 }; 5747 5748 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5749 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5750 int n_ns; 5751 }; 5752 5753 /** 5754 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5755 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5756 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5757 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5758 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5759 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5760 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5761 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5762 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5763 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5764 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5765 * radiotap namespace or not 5766 * 5767 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5768 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5769 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5770 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5771 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5772 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5773 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5774 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5775 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5776 * next bitmap word 5777 * 5778 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5779 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5780 */ 5781 5782 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5783 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5784 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5785 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5786 5787 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5788 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5789 5790 unsigned char *this_arg; 5791 int this_arg_index; 5792 int this_arg_size; 5793 5794 int is_radiotap_ns; 5795 5796 int _max_length; 5797 int _arg_index; 5798 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5799 int _reset_on_ext; 5800 }; 5801 5802 int 5803 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5804 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5805 int max_length, 5806 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5807 5808 int 5809 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5810 5811 5812 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5813 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5814 5815 /** 5816 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5817 * 5818 * @skb: the frame 5819 * 5820 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5821 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5822 * 5823 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5824 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5825 * 802.11 header. 5826 */ 5827 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5828 5829 /** 5830 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5831 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5832 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5833 */ 5834 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5835 5836 /** 5837 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5838 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5839 * (first byte) will be accessed 5840 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5841 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5842 */ 5843 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5844 5845 /** 5846 * DOC: Data path helpers 5847 * 5848 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5849 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5850 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5851 */ 5852 5853 /** 5854 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5855 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5856 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5857 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5858 * @addr: the device MAC address 5859 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5860 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5861 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5862 */ 5863 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5864 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5865 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 5866 5867 /** 5868 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5869 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5870 * @addr: the device MAC address 5871 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5872 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5873 */ 5874 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5875 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5876 { 5877 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 5878 } 5879 5880 /** 5881 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5882 * 5883 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5884 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5885 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5886 * 5887 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5888 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5889 * initialized by the caller. 5890 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5891 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5892 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5893 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5894 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5895 */ 5896 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5897 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5898 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5899 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5900 5901 /** 5902 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5903 * @skb: the data frame 5904 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5905 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5906 */ 5907 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5908 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5909 5910 /** 5911 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5912 * 5913 * @eid: element ID 5914 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5915 * @len: length of data 5916 * @match: byte array to match 5917 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5918 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5919 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5920 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5921 * the data portion instead. 5922 * 5923 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5924 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5925 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5926 * requested element struct. 5927 * 5928 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5929 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5930 * byte array to match. 5931 */ 5932 const struct element * 5933 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5934 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5935 unsigned int match_offset); 5936 5937 /** 5938 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5939 * 5940 * @eid: element ID 5941 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5942 * @len: length of data 5943 * @match: byte array to match 5944 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5945 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5946 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5947 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5948 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5949 * the second byte is the IE length. 5950 * 5951 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5952 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5953 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5954 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5955 * element ID. 5956 * 5957 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5958 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5959 * byte array to match. 5960 */ 5961 static inline const u8 * 5962 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5963 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5964 unsigned int match_offset) 5965 { 5966 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5967 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5968 */ 5969 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5970 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5971 return NULL; 5972 5973 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5974 match, match_len, 5975 match_offset ? 5976 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5977 } 5978 5979 /** 5980 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5981 * 5982 * @eid: element ID 5983 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5984 * @len: length of data 5985 * 5986 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5987 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5988 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5989 * requested element struct. 5990 * 5991 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5992 * having to fit into the given data. 5993 */ 5994 static inline const struct element * 5995 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5996 { 5997 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5998 } 5999 6000 /** 6001 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6002 * 6003 * @eid: element ID 6004 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6005 * @len: length of data 6006 * 6007 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6008 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6009 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6010 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6011 * 6012 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6013 * having to fit into the given data. 6014 */ 6015 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6016 { 6017 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6018 } 6019 6020 /** 6021 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6022 * 6023 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6024 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6025 * @len: length of data 6026 * 6027 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6028 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6029 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6030 * requested element struct. 6031 * 6032 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6033 * having to fit into the given data. 6034 */ 6035 static inline const struct element * 6036 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6037 { 6038 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6039 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6040 } 6041 6042 /** 6043 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6044 * 6045 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6046 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6047 * @len: length of data 6048 * 6049 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6050 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6051 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6052 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6053 * 6054 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6055 * having to fit into the given data. 6056 */ 6057 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6058 { 6059 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6060 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6061 } 6062 6063 /** 6064 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6065 * 6066 * @oui: vendor OUI 6067 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6068 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6069 * @len: length of data 6070 * 6071 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6072 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6073 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6074 * 6075 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6076 * the given data. 6077 */ 6078 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6079 const u8 *ies, 6080 unsigned int len); 6081 6082 /** 6083 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6084 * 6085 * @oui: vendor OUI 6086 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6087 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6088 * @len: length of data 6089 * 6090 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6091 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6092 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6093 * element ID. 6094 * 6095 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6096 * the given data. 6097 */ 6098 static inline const u8 * 6099 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6100 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6101 { 6102 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6103 } 6104 6105 /** 6106 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6107 * 6108 * @dev: network device 6109 * @addr: STA MAC address 6110 * 6111 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6112 * devices upon STA association. 6113 */ 6114 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6115 6116 /** 6117 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6118 * 6119 * TODO 6120 */ 6121 6122 /** 6123 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6124 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6125 * conflicts) 6126 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6127 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6128 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6129 * alpha2. 6130 * 6131 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6132 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6133 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6134 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6135 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6136 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6137 * 6138 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6139 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6140 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6141 * 6142 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6143 * an -ENOMEM. 6144 * 6145 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6146 */ 6147 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6148 6149 /** 6150 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6151 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6152 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6153 * 6154 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6155 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6156 * information. 6157 * 6158 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6159 */ 6160 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6161 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6162 6163 /** 6164 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6165 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6166 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6167 * 6168 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6169 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6170 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6171 * 6172 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6173 */ 6174 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6175 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6176 6177 /** 6178 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6179 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6180 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6181 * 6182 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6183 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6184 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6185 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6186 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6187 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6188 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6189 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6190 * that called this helper. 6191 */ 6192 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6193 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6194 6195 /** 6196 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6197 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6198 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6199 * 6200 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6201 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6202 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6203 * and processed already. 6204 * 6205 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6206 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6207 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6208 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6209 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6210 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6211 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6212 */ 6213 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6214 u32 center_freq); 6215 6216 /** 6217 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6218 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6219 * 6220 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6221 * proper string representation. 6222 */ 6223 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6224 6225 /** 6226 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6227 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6228 * 6229 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6230 */ 6231 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6232 6233 /** 6234 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6235 * 6236 */ 6237 6238 /** 6239 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6240 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6241 * 6242 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6243 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6244 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6245 * 6246 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6247 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6248 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6249 * 6250 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6251 * an -ENODATA. 6252 * 6253 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6254 */ 6255 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6256 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6257 6258 /* 6259 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6260 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6261 */ 6262 6263 /** 6264 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6265 * 6266 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6267 * @info: information about the completed scan 6268 */ 6269 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6270 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6271 6272 /** 6273 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6274 * 6275 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6276 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6277 */ 6278 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6279 6280 /** 6281 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6282 * 6283 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6284 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6285 * 6286 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6287 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6288 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6289 */ 6290 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6291 6292 /** 6293 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6294 * 6295 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6296 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6297 * 6298 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6299 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6300 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6301 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6302 */ 6303 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6304 6305 /** 6306 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6307 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6308 * @data: the BSS metadata 6309 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6310 * @len: length of the management frame 6311 * @gfp: context flags 6312 * 6313 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6314 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6315 * 6316 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6317 * Or %NULL on error. 6318 */ 6319 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6320 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6321 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6322 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6323 gfp_t gfp); 6324 6325 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6326 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6327 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6328 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6329 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6330 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6331 { 6332 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6333 .chan = rx_channel, 6334 .scan_width = scan_width, 6335 .signal = signal, 6336 }; 6337 6338 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6339 } 6340 6341 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6342 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6343 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6344 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6345 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6346 { 6347 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6348 .chan = rx_channel, 6349 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6350 .signal = signal, 6351 }; 6352 6353 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6354 } 6355 6356 /** 6357 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6358 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6359 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6360 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6361 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6362 */ 6363 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6364 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6365 { 6366 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6367 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6368 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6369 6370 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6371 6372 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6373 6374 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6375 } 6376 6377 /** 6378 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6379 * @ie: IEs 6380 * @ielen: length of IEs 6381 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6382 * 6383 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6384 */ 6385 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6386 enum nl80211_band band); 6387 6388 /** 6389 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6390 * @element: element to check 6391 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6392 */ 6393 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6394 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6395 6396 /** 6397 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6398 * @ie: ies 6399 * @ielen: length of IEs 6400 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6401 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6402 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6403 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6404 */ 6405 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6406 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6407 const struct element *sub_elem, 6408 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6409 6410 /** 6411 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6412 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6413 * from a beacon or probe response 6414 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6415 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6416 */ 6417 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6418 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6419 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6420 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6421 }; 6422 6423 /** 6424 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6425 * 6426 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6427 * @data: the BSS metadata 6428 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6429 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6430 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6431 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6432 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6433 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6434 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6435 * @gfp: context flags 6436 * 6437 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6438 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6439 * 6440 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6441 * Or %NULL on error. 6442 */ 6443 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6444 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6445 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6446 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6447 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6448 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6449 gfp_t gfp); 6450 6451 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6452 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6453 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6454 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6455 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6456 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6457 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6458 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6459 { 6460 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6461 .chan = rx_channel, 6462 .scan_width = scan_width, 6463 .signal = signal, 6464 }; 6465 6466 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6467 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6468 gfp); 6469 } 6470 6471 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6472 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6473 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6474 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6475 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6476 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6477 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6478 { 6479 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6480 .chan = rx_channel, 6481 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6482 .signal = signal, 6483 }; 6484 6485 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6486 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6487 gfp); 6488 } 6489 6490 /** 6491 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6492 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6493 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6494 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6495 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6496 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6497 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6498 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6499 */ 6500 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6501 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6502 const u8 *bssid, 6503 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6504 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6505 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6506 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6507 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6508 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6509 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6510 { 6511 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6512 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6513 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6514 } 6515 6516 /** 6517 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6518 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6519 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6520 * 6521 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6522 */ 6523 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6524 6525 /** 6526 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6527 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6528 * @bss: the BSS struct 6529 * 6530 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6531 */ 6532 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6533 6534 /** 6535 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6536 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6537 * @bss: the bss to remove 6538 * 6539 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6540 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6541 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6542 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6543 */ 6544 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6545 6546 /** 6547 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6548 * 6549 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6550 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6551 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6552 * 6553 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6554 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6555 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6556 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6557 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6558 */ 6559 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6560 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6561 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6562 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6563 void *data), 6564 void *iter_data); 6565 6566 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6567 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6568 { 6569 switch (chandef->width) { 6570 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6571 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6572 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6573 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6574 default: 6575 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6576 } 6577 } 6578 6579 /** 6580 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6581 * @dev: network device 6582 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6583 * @len: length of the frame data 6584 * 6585 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6586 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6587 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6588 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6589 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6590 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6591 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6592 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6593 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6594 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6595 * 6596 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6597 */ 6598 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6599 6600 /** 6601 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6602 * @dev: network device 6603 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6604 * 6605 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6606 * mutex. 6607 */ 6608 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6609 6610 /** 6611 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6612 * @dev: network device 6613 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6614 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6615 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6616 * @len: length of the frame data 6617 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6618 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6619 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6620 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6621 * 6622 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6623 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6624 * 6625 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6626 */ 6627 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6628 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6629 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6630 int uapsd_queues, 6631 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6632 6633 /** 6634 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6635 * @dev: network device 6636 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6637 * 6638 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6639 */ 6640 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6641 6642 /** 6643 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6644 * @dev: network device 6645 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6646 * 6647 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6648 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6649 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6650 */ 6651 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6652 6653 /** 6654 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6655 * @dev: network device 6656 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6657 * @len: length of the frame data 6658 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6659 * 6660 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6661 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6662 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6663 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6664 */ 6665 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6666 bool reconnect); 6667 6668 /** 6669 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6670 * @dev: network device 6671 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6672 * @len: length of the frame data 6673 * 6674 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6675 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6676 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6677 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6678 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6679 * 6680 * This function may sleep. 6681 */ 6682 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6683 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6684 6685 /** 6686 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6687 * @dev: network device 6688 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6689 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6690 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6691 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6692 * @gfp: allocation flags 6693 * 6694 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6695 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6696 * primitive. 6697 */ 6698 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6699 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6700 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6701 6702 /** 6703 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6704 * 6705 * @dev: network device 6706 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6707 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6708 * @gfp: allocation flags 6709 * 6710 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6711 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6712 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6713 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6714 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6715 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6716 */ 6717 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6718 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6719 6720 /** 6721 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6722 * candidate 6723 * 6724 * @dev: network device 6725 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6726 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6727 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6728 * @gfp: allocation flags 6729 * 6730 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6731 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6732 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6733 */ 6734 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6735 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6736 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6737 6738 /** 6739 * DOC: RFkill integration 6740 * 6741 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6742 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6743 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6744 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6745 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6746 * 6747 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6748 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6749 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6750 */ 6751 6752 /** 6753 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6754 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6755 * @blocked: block status 6756 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 6757 */ 6758 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 6759 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 6760 6761 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 6762 { 6763 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 6764 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 6765 } 6766 6767 /** 6768 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6769 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6770 */ 6771 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6772 6773 /** 6774 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6775 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6776 */ 6777 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6778 { 6779 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 6780 } 6781 6782 /** 6783 * DOC: Vendor commands 6784 * 6785 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6786 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6787 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6788 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6789 * the configuration mechanism. 6790 * 6791 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6792 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6793 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6794 * 6795 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6796 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6797 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6798 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6799 * managers etc. need. 6800 */ 6801 6802 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6803 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6804 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6805 int approxlen); 6806 6807 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6808 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6809 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6810 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6811 unsigned int portid, 6812 int vendor_event_idx, 6813 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6814 6815 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6816 6817 /** 6818 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6819 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6820 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6821 * be put into the skb 6822 * 6823 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6824 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6825 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6826 * 6827 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6828 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6829 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6830 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6831 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6832 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6833 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6834 * 6835 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6836 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6837 * 6838 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6839 */ 6840 static inline struct sk_buff * 6841 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6842 { 6843 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6844 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6845 } 6846 6847 /** 6848 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6849 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6850 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6851 * 6852 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6853 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6854 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6855 * skb regardless of the return value. 6856 * 6857 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6858 */ 6859 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6860 6861 /** 6862 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 6863 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6864 * 6865 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6866 * Valid to call only there. 6867 */ 6868 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6869 6870 /** 6871 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6872 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6873 * @wdev: the wireless device 6874 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6875 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6876 * be put into the skb 6877 * @gfp: allocation flags 6878 * 6879 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6880 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6881 * 6882 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6883 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6884 * attribute. 6885 * 6886 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6887 * skb to send the event. 6888 * 6889 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6890 */ 6891 static inline struct sk_buff * 6892 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6893 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6894 { 6895 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6896 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6897 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6898 } 6899 6900 /** 6901 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6902 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6903 * @wdev: the wireless device 6904 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6905 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6906 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6907 * be put into the skb 6908 * @gfp: allocation flags 6909 * 6910 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6911 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6912 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6913 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6914 * 6915 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6916 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6917 * attribute. 6918 * 6919 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6920 * skb to send the event. 6921 * 6922 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6923 */ 6924 static inline struct sk_buff * 6925 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6926 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6927 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6928 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6929 { 6930 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6931 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6932 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6933 } 6934 6935 /** 6936 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6937 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6938 * @gfp: allocation flags 6939 * 6940 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6941 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6942 */ 6943 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6944 { 6945 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6946 } 6947 6948 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6949 /** 6950 * DOC: Test mode 6951 * 6952 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6953 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6954 * factory programming. 6955 * 6956 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6957 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6958 */ 6959 6960 /** 6961 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6962 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6963 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6964 * be put into the skb 6965 * 6966 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6967 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6968 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6969 * 6970 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6971 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6972 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6973 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6974 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6975 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6976 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6977 * 6978 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6979 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6980 * 6981 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6982 */ 6983 static inline struct sk_buff * 6984 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6985 { 6986 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6987 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6988 } 6989 6990 /** 6991 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6992 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6993 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6994 * 6995 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6996 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6997 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6998 * regardless of the return value. 6999 * 7000 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7001 */ 7002 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7003 { 7004 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7005 } 7006 7007 /** 7008 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7009 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7010 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7011 * be put into the skb 7012 * @gfp: allocation flags 7013 * 7014 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7015 * testmode multicast group. 7016 * 7017 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7018 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7019 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7020 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7021 * in any other way. 7022 * 7023 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7024 * skb to send the event. 7025 * 7026 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7027 */ 7028 static inline struct sk_buff * 7029 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7030 { 7031 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7032 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7033 approxlen, gfp); 7034 } 7035 7036 /** 7037 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7038 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7039 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7040 * @gfp: allocation flags 7041 * 7042 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7043 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7044 * consumes it. 7045 */ 7046 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7047 { 7048 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7049 } 7050 7051 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7052 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7053 #else 7054 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7055 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7056 #endif 7057 7058 /** 7059 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7060 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7061 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7062 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7063 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7064 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7065 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7066 * status for a FILS connection. 7067 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7068 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7069 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7070 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7071 */ 7072 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7073 const u8 *kek; 7074 size_t kek_len; 7075 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7076 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7077 const u8 *pmk; 7078 size_t pmk_len; 7079 const u8 *pmkid; 7080 }; 7081 7082 /** 7083 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7084 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7085 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7086 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7087 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7088 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7089 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7090 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7091 * case. 7092 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 7093 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7094 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7095 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7096 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7097 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7098 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7099 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7100 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7101 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7102 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7103 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7104 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7105 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7106 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7107 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7108 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7109 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7110 */ 7111 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7112 int status; 7113 const u8 *bssid; 7114 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7115 const u8 *req_ie; 7116 size_t req_ie_len; 7117 const u8 *resp_ie; 7118 size_t resp_ie_len; 7119 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7120 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7121 }; 7122 7123 /** 7124 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7125 * 7126 * @dev: network device 7127 * @params: connection response parameters 7128 * @gfp: allocation flags 7129 * 7130 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7131 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7132 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7133 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7134 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7135 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7136 */ 7137 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7138 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7139 gfp_t gfp); 7140 7141 /** 7142 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7143 * 7144 * @dev: network device 7145 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7146 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7147 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7148 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7149 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7150 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7151 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7152 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7153 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7154 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7155 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7156 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7157 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7158 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7159 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7160 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7161 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7162 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7163 * case. 7164 * @gfp: allocation flags 7165 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7166 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7167 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7168 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7169 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7170 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7171 * 7172 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7173 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7174 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7175 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7176 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7177 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7178 */ 7179 static inline void 7180 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7181 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7182 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7183 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7184 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7185 { 7186 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7187 7188 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7189 params.status = status; 7190 params.bssid = bssid; 7191 params.bss = bss; 7192 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7193 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7194 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7195 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7196 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7197 7198 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7199 } 7200 7201 /** 7202 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7203 * 7204 * @dev: network device 7205 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7206 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7207 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7208 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7209 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7210 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7211 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7212 * the real status code for failures. 7213 * @gfp: allocation flags 7214 * 7215 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7216 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7217 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7218 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7219 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7220 */ 7221 static inline void 7222 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7223 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7224 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7225 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7226 { 7227 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7228 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7229 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7230 } 7231 7232 /** 7233 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7234 * 7235 * @dev: network device 7236 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7237 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7238 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7239 * @gfp: allocation flags 7240 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7241 * 7242 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7243 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7244 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7245 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7246 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7247 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7248 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7249 */ 7250 static inline void 7251 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7252 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7253 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7254 { 7255 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7256 gfp, timeout_reason); 7257 } 7258 7259 /** 7260 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7261 * 7262 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 7263 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 7264 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 7265 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7266 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7267 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7268 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7269 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7270 */ 7271 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7272 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7273 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7274 const u8 *bssid; 7275 const u8 *req_ie; 7276 size_t req_ie_len; 7277 const u8 *resp_ie; 7278 size_t resp_ie_len; 7279 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7280 }; 7281 7282 /** 7283 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7284 * 7285 * @dev: network device 7286 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7287 * @gfp: allocation flags 7288 * 7289 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7290 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7291 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7292 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7293 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7294 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7295 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7296 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7297 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7298 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7299 */ 7300 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7301 gfp_t gfp); 7302 7303 /** 7304 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7305 * 7306 * @dev: network device 7307 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7308 * @gfp: allocation flags 7309 * 7310 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7311 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7312 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7313 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7314 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7315 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7316 */ 7317 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7318 gfp_t gfp); 7319 7320 /** 7321 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7322 * 7323 * @dev: network device 7324 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7325 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7326 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7327 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7328 * @gfp: allocation flags 7329 * 7330 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7331 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7332 */ 7333 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7334 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7335 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7336 7337 /** 7338 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7339 * @wdev: wireless device 7340 * @cookie: the request cookie 7341 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7342 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7343 * channel 7344 * @gfp: allocation flags 7345 */ 7346 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7347 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7348 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7349 7350 /** 7351 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7352 * @wdev: wireless device 7353 * @cookie: the request cookie 7354 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7355 * @gfp: allocation flags 7356 */ 7357 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7358 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7359 gfp_t gfp); 7360 7361 /** 7362 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7363 * @wdev: wireless device 7364 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7365 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7366 * @gfp: allocation flags 7367 */ 7368 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7369 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7370 7371 /** 7372 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7373 * 7374 * @sinfo: the station information 7375 * @gfp: allocation flags 7376 */ 7377 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7378 7379 /** 7380 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7381 * @sinfo: the station information 7382 * 7383 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7384 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7385 * the stack.) 7386 */ 7387 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7388 { 7389 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7390 } 7391 7392 /** 7393 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7394 * 7395 * @dev: the netdev 7396 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7397 * @sinfo: the station information 7398 * @gfp: allocation flags 7399 */ 7400 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7401 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7402 7403 /** 7404 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7405 * @dev: the netdev 7406 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7407 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7408 * @gfp: allocation flags 7409 */ 7410 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7411 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7412 7413 /** 7414 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7415 * 7416 * @dev: the netdev 7417 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7418 * @gfp: allocation flags 7419 */ 7420 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7421 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7422 { 7423 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7424 } 7425 7426 /** 7427 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7428 * 7429 * @dev: the netdev 7430 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7431 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7432 * @gfp: allocation flags 7433 * 7434 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7435 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7436 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7437 * 7438 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7439 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7440 */ 7441 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7442 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7443 gfp_t gfp); 7444 7445 /** 7446 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7447 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7448 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7449 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7450 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7451 * @len: length of the frame data 7452 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7453 * 7454 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7455 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7456 * 7457 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7458 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7459 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7460 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7461 */ 7462 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7463 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7464 7465 /** 7466 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7467 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7468 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7469 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7470 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7471 * @len: length of the frame data 7472 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7473 * 7474 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7475 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7476 * 7477 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7478 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7479 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7480 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7481 */ 7482 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7483 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7484 u32 flags) 7485 { 7486 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7487 flags); 7488 } 7489 7490 /** 7491 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7492 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7493 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7494 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7495 * @len: length of the frame data 7496 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7497 * @gfp: context flags 7498 * 7499 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7500 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7501 * transmission attempt. 7502 */ 7503 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7504 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7505 7506 /** 7507 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7508 * port frames 7509 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7510 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7511 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7512 * @len: length of the frame data 7513 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7514 * @gfp: context flags 7515 * 7516 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7517 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7518 * the transmission attempt. 7519 */ 7520 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7521 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7522 gfp_t gfp); 7523 7524 /** 7525 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7526 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7527 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7528 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7529 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7530 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7531 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7532 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7533 * 7534 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7535 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7536 * control port frames over nl80211. 7537 * 7538 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7539 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7540 * 7541 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7542 */ 7543 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7544 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7545 7546 /** 7547 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7548 * @dev: network device 7549 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7550 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7551 * @gfp: context flags 7552 * 7553 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7554 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7555 */ 7556 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7557 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7558 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7559 7560 /** 7561 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7562 * @dev: network device 7563 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7564 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7565 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7566 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7567 * @gfp: context flags 7568 */ 7569 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7570 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7571 7572 /** 7573 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7574 * @dev: network device 7575 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7576 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7577 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7578 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7579 * @gfp: context flags 7580 * 7581 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7582 * given interval is exceeded. 7583 */ 7584 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7585 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7586 7587 /** 7588 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7589 * @dev: network device 7590 * @gfp: context flags 7591 * 7592 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7593 */ 7594 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7595 7596 /** 7597 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7598 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7599 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7600 * @gfp: context flags 7601 * 7602 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7603 */ 7604 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7605 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 7606 7607 /** 7608 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7609 * @dev: network device 7610 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7611 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7612 * @gfp: context flags 7613 * 7614 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7615 * frame. 7616 */ 7617 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7618 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7619 gfp_t gfp); 7620 7621 /** 7622 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7623 * @netdev: network device 7624 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7625 * @event: type of event 7626 * @gfp: context flags 7627 * 7628 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7629 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7630 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7631 */ 7632 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7633 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7634 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7635 7636 7637 /** 7638 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7639 * @dev: network device 7640 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7641 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7642 * @gfp: allocation flags 7643 */ 7644 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7645 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7646 7647 /** 7648 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7649 * @dev: network device 7650 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7651 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7652 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7653 * @gfp: allocation flags 7654 */ 7655 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7656 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7657 7658 /** 7659 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7660 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7661 * @addr: the transmitter address 7662 * @gfp: context flags 7663 * 7664 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7665 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7666 * sender. 7667 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7668 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7669 */ 7670 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7671 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7672 7673 /** 7674 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7675 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7676 * @addr: the transmitter address 7677 * @gfp: context flags 7678 * 7679 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7680 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7681 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7682 * station to avoid event flooding. 7683 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7684 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7685 */ 7686 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7687 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7688 7689 /** 7690 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7691 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7692 * @addr: the address of the peer 7693 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7694 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7695 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7696 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7697 * @gfp: allocation flags 7698 */ 7699 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7700 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7701 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7702 7703 /** 7704 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7705 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7706 * @frame: the frame 7707 * @len: length of the frame 7708 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7709 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7710 * 7711 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7712 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7713 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7714 */ 7715 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7716 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7717 7718 /** 7719 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7720 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7721 * @frame: the frame 7722 * @len: length of the frame 7723 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7724 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7725 * 7726 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7727 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7728 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7729 */ 7730 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7731 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7732 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7733 { 7734 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7735 sig_dbm); 7736 } 7737 7738 /** 7739 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7740 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7741 * @chandef: the channel definition 7742 * @iftype: interface type 7743 * 7744 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7745 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7746 */ 7747 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7748 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7749 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7750 7751 /** 7752 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7753 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7754 * @chandef: the channel definition 7755 * @iftype: interface type 7756 * 7757 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7758 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7759 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7760 * more permissive conditions. 7761 * 7762 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 7763 */ 7764 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7765 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7766 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7767 7768 /* 7769 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7770 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7771 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7772 * 7773 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7774 * driver context! 7775 */ 7776 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7777 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7778 7779 /* 7780 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7781 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7782 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7783 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7784 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 7785 * 7786 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7787 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7788 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7789 */ 7790 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7791 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7792 u8 count, bool quiet); 7793 7794 /** 7795 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7796 * 7797 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7798 * @band: band pointer to fill 7799 * 7800 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7801 */ 7802 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7803 enum nl80211_band *band); 7804 7805 /** 7806 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7807 * 7808 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7809 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7810 * 7811 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7812 */ 7813 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7814 u8 *op_class); 7815 7816 /** 7817 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7818 * 7819 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7820 * 7821 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7822 */ 7823 static inline u32 7824 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7825 { 7826 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7827 } 7828 7829 /* 7830 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7831 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7832 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7833 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7834 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7835 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7836 * @gfp: allocation flags 7837 * 7838 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7839 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7840 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7841 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7842 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7843 */ 7844 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7845 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7846 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7847 7848 /* 7849 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7850 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7851 * 7852 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7853 */ 7854 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7855 7856 /** 7857 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7858 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7859 * 7860 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 7861 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 7862 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 7863 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 7864 * is unbound from the driver. 7865 * 7866 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7867 */ 7868 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7869 7870 /** 7871 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 7872 * @dev: the netdev to register 7873 * 7874 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7875 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 7876 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 7877 * instead as well. 7878 * 7879 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7880 */ 7881 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 7882 7883 /** 7884 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 7885 * @dev: the netdev to register 7886 * 7887 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7888 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 7889 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 7890 * usable instead as well. 7891 * 7892 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7893 */ 7894 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 7895 { 7896 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 7897 } 7898 7899 /** 7900 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 7901 * @ies: FT IEs 7902 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7903 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7904 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7905 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7906 */ 7907 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7908 const u8 *ies; 7909 size_t ies_len; 7910 const u8 *target_ap; 7911 const u8 *ric_ies; 7912 size_t ric_ies_len; 7913 }; 7914 7915 /** 7916 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7917 * @netdev: network device 7918 * @ft_event: IE information 7919 */ 7920 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7921 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7922 7923 /** 7924 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7925 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7926 * @len: the input length 7927 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7928 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7929 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7930 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7931 * 7932 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7933 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7934 * 7935 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7936 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7937 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7938 */ 7939 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7940 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7941 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7942 7943 /** 7944 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7945 * @ies: the IE buffer 7946 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7947 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7948 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7949 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7950 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7951 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7952 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7953 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7954 * 7955 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7956 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7957 * split. 7958 * 7959 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7960 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7961 * 7962 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7963 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7964 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7965 * 7966 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7967 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7968 * of the buffer should be used. 7969 */ 7970 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7971 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7972 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7973 size_t offset); 7974 7975 /** 7976 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7977 * @ies: the IE buffer 7978 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7979 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7980 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7981 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7982 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7983 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7984 * 7985 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7986 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7987 * split. 7988 * 7989 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7990 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7991 * 7992 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7993 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7994 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7995 * 7996 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7997 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7998 * of the buffer should be used. 7999 */ 8000 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8001 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8002 { 8003 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8004 } 8005 8006 /** 8007 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8008 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8009 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8010 * @gfp: allocation flags 8011 * 8012 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8013 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8014 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8015 * else caused the wakeup. 8016 */ 8017 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8018 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8019 gfp_t gfp); 8020 8021 /** 8022 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8023 * 8024 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8025 * @gfp: allocation flags 8026 * 8027 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8028 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8029 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8030 */ 8031 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8032 8033 /** 8034 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8035 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8036 * 8037 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8038 */ 8039 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8040 8041 /** 8042 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8043 * 8044 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8045 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8046 * 8047 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8048 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8049 * the interface combinations. 8050 */ 8051 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8052 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8053 8054 /** 8055 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8056 * 8057 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8058 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8059 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8060 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8061 * 8062 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8063 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8064 * purposes. 8065 */ 8066 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8067 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8068 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8069 void *data), 8070 void *data); 8071 8072 /* 8073 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8074 * 8075 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8076 * @wdev: wireless device 8077 * @gfp: context flags 8078 * 8079 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8080 * disconnected. 8081 * 8082 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8083 */ 8084 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8085 gfp_t gfp); 8086 8087 /** 8088 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8089 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8090 * 8091 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8092 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8093 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8094 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8095 * 8096 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8097 * the driver while the function is running. 8098 */ 8099 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8100 8101 /** 8102 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8103 * 8104 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8105 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8106 * 8107 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8108 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8109 */ 8110 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8111 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8112 { 8113 u8 *ft_byte; 8114 8115 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8116 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8117 } 8118 8119 /** 8120 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8121 * 8122 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8123 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8124 * 8125 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8126 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8127 */ 8128 static inline bool 8129 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8130 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8131 { 8132 u8 ft_byte; 8133 8134 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8135 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8136 } 8137 8138 /** 8139 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8140 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8141 * 8142 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8143 */ 8144 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8145 8146 /** 8147 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8148 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8149 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8150 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8151 * result. 8152 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8153 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8154 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8155 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8156 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8157 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8158 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8159 */ 8160 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8161 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8162 u8 inst_id; 8163 u8 peer_inst_id; 8164 const u8 *addr; 8165 u8 info_len; 8166 const u8 *info; 8167 u64 cookie; 8168 }; 8169 8170 /** 8171 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8172 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8173 * @match: match notification parameters 8174 * @gfp: allocation flags 8175 * 8176 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8177 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8178 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8179 */ 8180 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8181 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8182 8183 /** 8184 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8185 * 8186 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8187 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8188 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8189 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8190 * @gfp: allocation flags 8191 * 8192 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8193 */ 8194 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8195 u8 inst_id, 8196 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8197 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8198 8199 /* ethtool helper */ 8200 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8201 8202 /** 8203 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8204 * @netdev: network device 8205 * @params: External authentication parameters 8206 * @gfp: allocation flags 8207 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8208 */ 8209 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8210 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8211 gfp_t gfp); 8212 8213 /** 8214 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8215 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8216 * @req: the original measurement request 8217 * @result: the result data 8218 * @gfp: allocation flags 8219 */ 8220 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8221 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8222 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8223 gfp_t gfp); 8224 8225 /** 8226 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8227 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8228 * @req: the original measurement request 8229 * @gfp: allocation flags 8230 * 8231 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8232 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8233 */ 8234 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8235 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8236 gfp_t gfp); 8237 8238 /** 8239 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8240 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8241 * @iftype: interface type 8242 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8243 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8244 * 8245 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8246 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8247 * check_swif is '1'. 8248 */ 8249 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8250 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8251 8252 8253 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8254 8255 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8256 8257 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8258 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8259 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8260 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8261 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8262 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8263 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8264 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8265 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8266 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8267 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8268 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8269 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8270 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8271 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8272 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8273 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8274 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8275 8276 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8277 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8278 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8279 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8280 8281 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8282 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8283 8284 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8285 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8286 8287 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8288 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8289 #else 8290 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8291 ({ \ 8292 if (0) \ 8293 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8294 0; \ 8295 }) 8296 #endif 8297 8298 /* 8299 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8300 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8301 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8302 */ 8303 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8304 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8305 8306 /** 8307 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8308 * @netdev: network device 8309 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8310 * @gfp: allocation flags 8311 */ 8312 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8313 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8314 gfp_t gfp); 8315 8316 /** 8317 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8318 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8319 */ 8320 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8321 8322 /** 8323 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8324 * @dev: network device 8325 * @gfp: allocation flags 8326 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8327 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8328 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8329 */ 8330 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8331 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8332 u64 color_bitmap); 8333 8334 /** 8335 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8336 * @dev: network device 8337 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8338 */ 8339 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8340 u64 color_bitmap) 8341 { 8342 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8343 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8344 0, color_bitmap); 8345 } 8346 8347 /** 8348 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8349 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8350 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8351 * 8352 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8353 */ 8354 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8355 u8 count) 8356 { 8357 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8358 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8359 count, 0); 8360 } 8361 8362 /** 8363 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8364 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8365 * 8366 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8367 */ 8368 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8369 { 8370 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8371 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8372 0, 0); 8373 } 8374 8375 /** 8376 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8377 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8378 * 8379 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8380 */ 8381 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8382 { 8383 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8384 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8385 0, 0); 8386 } 8387 8388 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8389